Morgan Stanley
MS
#51
Rank
$289.81 B
Marketcap
$182.35
Share price
1.33%
Change (1 day)
34.79%
Change (1 year)

Morgan Stanley - 10-Q quarterly report FY2015 Q1


Text size:
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

 

 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

    

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive
offices, including zip code)

 36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 (212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer x

  Accelerated Filer  ¨

Non-Accelerated Filer ¨  

  Smaller reporting company ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of April 30, 2015, there were 1,970,026,803 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.


Table of Contents

LOGO

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended March 31, 2015

 

Table of Contents  Page 

Part I—Financial Information

  

Item 1.

 Financial Statements (unaudited)   1  
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

   1  
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

   2  
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

   3  
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

   4  
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

   5  
 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

   6  
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   86  

Item 2.

 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   87  
 

Introduction

   87  
 

Executive Summary

   88  
 

Business Segments

   95  
 

Accounting Development Updates

   109  
 

Other Matters

   111  
 

Critical Accounting Policies

   113  
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   117  

Item 3.

 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   139  

Item 4.

 Controls and Procedures   157  

Financial Data Supplement (unaudited)

   158  

Part II—Other Information

  

Item 1.

 Legal Proceedings   161  

Item 2.

 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds   163  

Item 6.

 Exhibits   163  

 

 i LOGO


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanley’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site, www.sec.gov.

Morgan Stanley’s internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanley’s Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanley’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanley’s corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:

 

  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

  

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

  

Charters for its Audit Committee; Operations and Technology Committee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; and Risk Committee;

 

  

Corporate Governance Policies;

 

  

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

 

  

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

 

  

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

 

  

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

 

  

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

 

  

Code of Conduct; and

 

  

Integrity Hotline information.

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanley’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

LOGO ii 


Table of Contents

Part I—Financial Information.

 

Item 1.Financial Statements.

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)

 

   March 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks ($43 and $45 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

  $19,683   $21,381 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   20,610    25,603 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements ($156 and $149 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   40,340    40,607 

Trading assets, at fair value ($134,954 and $127,342 were pledged to various parties at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) ($905 and $966 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   259,160    256,801 

Investment securities (includes $67,830 and $69,216 at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

   69,462    69,316 

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

   22,328    21,316 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $1,112 and $1,113 at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

   91,232    83,288 

Securities borrowed

   150,365    136,708 

Customer and other receivables

   56,733    48,961 

Loans:

   

Held for investment (net of allowances of $165 and $149 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

   60,446    57,119 

Held for sale

   8,257    9,458 

Other investments ($449 and $467 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   4,321    4,355 

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $6,408 and $6,219 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) ($190 and $191 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   6,141    6,108 

Goodwill

   6,597    6,588 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,896 and $1,824 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) (includes $5 and $6 at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

   3,064    3,159 

Other assets ($59 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   10,360    10,742 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $829,099   $801,510 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Deposits

  $135,815  $133,544 

Short-term borrowings (includes $2,468 and $1,765 at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

   2,879   2,261 

Trading liabilities, at fair value ($1 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

   125,057   107,381 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

   27,384   25,685 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $605 and $612 at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

   61,488   69,949 

Securities loaned

   25,527   25,219 

Other secured financings (includes $4,241 and $4,504 at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) ($321 and $348 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

   12,207   12,085 

Customer and other payables

   190,175   181,069 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses ($68 and $72 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

   17,556   19,441 

Long-term borrowings (includes $31,261 and $31,774 at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

   155,545   152,772 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   753,633   729,406 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 11)

   —      —    

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock (see Note 13)

   7,520   6,020 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

   

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,971,443,739 and 1,950,980,142 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

   20   20 

Additional paid-in capital

   23,355   24,249 

Retained earnings

   46,740   44,625 

Employee stock trusts

   2,431   2,127 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (1,266  (1,248

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares outstanding: 67,450,240 and 87,913,837 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

   (2,207  (2,766

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (2,431  (2,127
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   74,162   70,900 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   1,304   1,204 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   75,466   72,104 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $829,099  $801,510 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 1 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2015  2014 

Revenues:

   

Investment banking

  $1,357  $1,308 

Trading

   3,650   2,962 

Investments

   266   359 

Commissions and fees

   1,186   1,216 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   2,681   2,549 

Other

   171   294 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   9,311   8,688 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   1,484   1,343 

Interest expense

   888   1,035 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   596   308 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   9,907   8,996 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

   

Compensation and benefits

   4,524   4,306 

Occupancy and equipment

   342   361 

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   463   443 

Information processing and communications

   415   424 

Marketing and business development

   150   147 

Professional services

   486   453 

Other

   672   492 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   7,052   6,626 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   2,855   2,370 

Provision for income taxes

   387   785 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   2,468   1,585 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

   (8  (2

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (3  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (5  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $2,463  $1,584 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   69   79 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,394  $1,505 

Preferred stock dividends and other

   80   56 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,314  $1,449 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $2,399  $1,506 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (5  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,394  $1,505 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $1.21  $0.75 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

  $1.20  $0.75 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $1.18  $0.74 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

  $1.18  $0.74 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

  $0.10  $0.05 

Average common shares outstanding:

   

Basic

   1,924,122,199   1,924,270,160 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   1,962,996,441   1,969,652,798 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO 2 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015          2014     

Net income

  $2,463  $1,584 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

   

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

  $(222 $66 

Amortization of cash flow hedges(2)

   1   1 

Change in net unrealized gains on available for sale securities(3)

   200   74 

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments(4)

   1   2 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(20 $143 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $2,443  $1,727 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   69   79 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   (2  18 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,376  $1,630 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $174 million and $(56) million for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(2)Amount includes provision for income taxes of $1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
(3)Amounts include provision for income taxes of $121 million and $51 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(4)Amount includes provision for income taxes of $1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 3 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
   2015  2014 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   

Net income

  $2,463  $1,584 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

   

Income from equity method investments

   (38  (56

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   295   311 

Depreciation and amortization

   321   326 

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

   (25  (6

Impairment charges

   21    33 

Provision (release) for credit losses on lending activities

   63   (10

Other operating activities

   56    (113

Changes in assets and liabilities:

   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   267   (4,448

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   11,414    30,790 

Securities borrowed

   (13,657  (17,888

Securities loaned

   308   (429

Customer and other receivables and other assets

   (6,257  (1,241

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

   8,052   16,866  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   (7,944  10,554 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (8,394  (31,492
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

   (13,055  4,781 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

   

Proceeds from (payments for):

   

Premises, equipment and software, net

   (320  2 

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

      135 

Loans:

   

Originations and purchases

   (11,622  (10,814

Maturities, payments and sales

   8,956   6,254 

Investment securities:

   

Purchases

   (15,067  (8,188

Proceeds from sales

   13,810   1,853 

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

   1,290   981 

Other investing activities

   48   (41
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

   (2,905  (9,818
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

   

Net proceeds from (payments for):

   

Short-term borrowings

   618   (356

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   (2  (9

Other secured financings

   399   (1,719

Deposits

   2,271   4,269 

Proceeds from:

   

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   173   84 

Derivatives financing activities

   226   150 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

   1,493   —   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   11,339   7,701 

Payments for:

   

Long-term borrowings

   (5,334  (8,786

Derivatives financing activities

   (83  —   

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

   (839  (672

Cash dividends

   (310  (143
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   9,951    519 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (682  59 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   (6,691  (4,459

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   46,984   59,883 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $40,293  $55,424 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

   

Cash and due from banks

  $19,683  $13,785 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   20,610   41,639 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $40,293  $55,424 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $580 million and $606 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $119 million and $128 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO 4 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Non-
redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

 $6,020  $20  $24,249  $44,625  $2,127  $(1,248 $(2,766 $(2,127 $1,204  $72,104 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      2,394   —      —      —      —      —      2,394 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      69   69 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (279  —      —      —      —      —      (279

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (887  —      304   —      1,398   (304  —      511 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (839  —      —      (839

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      (18  —      —      (2  (20

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,500   —      (7  —      —      —      —      —      —      1,493 

Other net increases

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      33   33 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2015

 $7,520  $20  $23,355  $46,740  $2,431  $(1,266 $(2,207 $(2,431 $1,304  $75,466 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

 $3,220  $20  $24,570  $42,172  $1,718  $(1,093 $(2,968 $(1,718 $3,109  $69,030 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      1,505   —      —      —      —      —      1,505 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      79   79 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (155  —      —      —      —      —      (155

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (1,206  —      381   —      1,553   (381  —      347 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (672  —      —      (672

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      125   —      —      18   143 

Other net decreases

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (9  (9
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2014

 $3,220  $20  $23,364  $43,522  $2,099  $(968 $(2,087 $(2,099 $3,197  $70,268 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 5 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

 

1.Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

The Company.    Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

A brief summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides financial advisory and capital raising services, including: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; and retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

Investment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

CanTerm.    On March 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc. (“CanTerm”), a public storage terminal operator for refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. As a result of the Company’s level of continuing involvement with CanTerm, the results of CanTerm are reported as a component of continuing operations within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented. The gain on sale was approximately $45 million.

Basis of Financial Information.    The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its condensed consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “2014 Form 10-K”). The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Prior period amounts have been recast for the Company’s adoption of Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects, which the Company adopted on April 1, 2014.

 

LOGO 6 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Consolidation.    The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 6). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income. The portion of shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Company consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet these criteria), the Company consolidates those entities where the Company has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues (see Note 19). Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 3).

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Company’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, primarily in its Institutional Securities business segment, the Company considers its trading, investment banking, commissions and fees, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity.

 

2.Significant Accounting Policies.

For a detailed discussion about the Company’s significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, other than the following, there were no significant updates made to the Company’s significant accounting policies.

 

 7 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Accounting Standards Adopted.

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.    In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update clarifying when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs; that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. This guidance became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015 and will be applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.    In June 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update requiring repurchase-to-maturity transactions be accounted for as secured borrowings consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements. This accounting update also requires separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty (a repurchase financing), which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. This guidance became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015. In addition, new disclosures are required for sales of financial assets where the Company retains substantially all the exposure throughout the term and for the collateral pledged and remaining maturity of repurchase and securities lending agreements, which are effective January 1, 2015, and April 1, 2015, respectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3.Fair Value Disclosures.

Fair Value Measurements.

For a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

 

LOGO 8 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at March 31, 2015.

 

   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
March 31,
2015
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

  $17,077  $—    $—    $—    $17,077 

U.S. agency securities

   794   20,542   —     —     21,336 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   17,871   20,542   —     —     38,413 

Other sovereign government obligations

   17,844   8,582   11   —     26,437 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —     2,389   —     —     2,389 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   —     1,772   296   —     2,068 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —     1,373   180   —     1,553 

Asset-backed securities

   —     854   67   —     921 

Corporate bonds

   —     15,089   424   —     15,513 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

   —     668   822   —     1,490 

Loans and lending commitments

   —     6,605   4,789   —     11,394 

Other debt

   —     2,368   486   —     2,854 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —     31,118   7,064   —     38,182 

Corporate equities(1)

   108,266   765   230   —     109,261 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   759   492,341    2,021   —     495,121 

Credit contracts

   —     27,064   988    —     28,052  

Foreign exchange contracts

   134   88,293   356    —     88,783 

Equity contracts

   702   49,364   1,308   —     51,374 

Commodity contracts

   4,623   14,799   3,350   —     22,772 

Other

   —     332   —     —     332 

Netting(2)

   (5,658  (557,465  (4,682  (79,871  (647,676
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   560   114,728   3,341   (79,871  38,758 

Investments:

      

Private equity funds

   —     —     2,523   —     2,523 

Real estate funds

   —     7   1,726   —     1,733 

Hedge funds

   —     321   362   —     683 

Principal investments

   55   1   829   —     885 

Other

   213   145   391   —     749 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

   268   474   5,831   —     6,573 

Physical commodities

   —     1,536   —     —     1,536 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading assets

   144,809   177,745   16,477   (79,871  259,160 

AFS securities

   34,134   33,696   —     —     67,830 

Securities received as collateral

   22,249   46   33   —     22,328 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   —     1,112   —     —     1,112 

Intangible assets(3)

   —     —     5   —     5 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

  $201,192  $212,599  $16,515  $(79,871 $350,435 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 9 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
March 31,
2015
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Liabilities at Fair Value

      

Short-term borrowings

  $—    $2,468  $—    $—    $2,468 

Trading liabilities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

   14,714   —     —     —     14,714 

U.S. agency securities

   797   247   —     —     1,044 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   15,511   247   —     —     15,758 

Other sovereign government obligations

   15,740   2,336   —     —     18,076 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —     8   —     —     8 

Corporate bonds

   —     5,447   23   —     5,470 

Unfunded lending commitments

   —     6   —     —     6 

Other debt

   —     13   23   —     36 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —     5,474   46   —     5,520 

Corporate equities(1)

   38,250   226   50   —     38,526 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   682   465,492   2,517   —     468,691 

Credit contracts

   —     26,091   1,972   —     28,063 

Foreign exchange contracts

   84   88,496   59   —     88,639 

Equity contracts

   794   54,805   3,780   —     59,379 

Commodity contracts

   4,957   13,769   2,005   —     20,731 

Other

   —     84   —     —     84 

Netting(2)

   (5,658  (557,465  (4,682  (50,605  (618,410
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   859   91,272   5,651   (50,605  47,177 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

   70,360   99,555   5,747   (50,605  125,057 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   27,303   48   33   —     27,384 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —     451   154   —     605 

Other secured financings

   —     4,108   133   —     4,241 

Long-term borrowings

   —     29,523   1,738   —     31,261 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

  $97,663  $136,153  $7,805  $(50,605 $191,016 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

AFS—available for sale

(1)The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.
(3)Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) accounted for at fair value.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2015.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

 

LOGO 10 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2014.

 

   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

  $16,961  $—    $—    $—    $16,961 

U.S. agency securities

   850   18,193   —     —     19,043 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   17,811   18,193   —     —     36,004 

Other sovereign government obligations

   15,149   7,888   41   —     23,078 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —     2,049   —     —     2,049 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   —     1,991   175   —     2,166 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —     1,484   96   —     1,580 

Asset-backed securities

   —     583   76   —     659 

Corporate bonds

   —     15,800   386   —     16,186 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

   —     741   1,152   —     1,893 

Loans and lending commitments

   —     6,088   5,874   —     11,962 

Other debt

   —     2,167   285   —     2,452 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —     30,903   8,044   —     38,947 

Corporate equities(1)

   112,490   1,357   272   —     114,119 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   663   495,026   2,484   —     498,173 

Credit contracts

   —     30,813   1,369   —     32,182 

Foreign exchange contracts

   83   72,769   249   —     73,101 

Equity contracts(2)

   571   45,967   1,586   —     48,124 

Commodity contracts

   4,105   18,042   2,268   —     24,415 

Other

   —     376   —     —     376 

Netting(3)

   (4,910  (564,127  (4,220  (66,720  (639,977
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   512   98,866   3,736   (66,720  36,394 

Investments:

      

Private equity funds

   —     —     2,569   —     2,569 

Real estate funds

   —     7   1,746   —     1,753 

Hedge funds

   —     344   343   —     687 

Principal investments

   58   3   835   —     896 

Other

   225   198   323   —     746 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

   283   552   5,816   —     6,651 

Physical commodities

   —     1,608   —     —     1,608 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading assets

   146,245   159,367   17,909   (66,720  256,801 

AFS securities

   37,200   32,016   —     —     69,216 

Securities received as collateral

   21,265   51   —     —     21,316 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   —     1,113   —     —     1,113 

Intangible assets(4)

   —     —     6   —     6 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

  $204,710  $192,547  $17,915  $(66,720 $348,452 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 11 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Liabilities at Fair Value

      

Short-term borrowings

  $—    $1,765  $—    $—    $1,765 

Trading liabilities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

   14,199   —     —     —     14,199 

U.S. agency securities

   1,274   85   —     —     1,359 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   15,473   85   —     —     15,558 

Other sovereign government obligations

   11,653   2,109   —     —     13,762 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —     1   —     —     1 

Corporate bonds

   —     5,943   78   —     6,021 

Unfunded lending commitments

   —     10   5   —     15 

Other debt

   —     63   38   —     101 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —     6,017   121   —     6,138 

Corporate equities(1)

   31,340   326   45   —     31,711 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   602   469,319   2,657   —     472,578 

Credit contracts

   —     29,997   2,112   —     32,109 

Foreign exchange contracts

   21   72,233   98   —     72,352 

Equity contracts(2)

   416   51,405   3,751   —     55,572 

Commodity contracts

   4,817   15,584   1,122   —     21,523 

Other

   —     172   —     —     172 

Netting(3)

   (4,910  (564,127  (4,220  (40,837  (614,094
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   946   74,583   5,520   (40,837  40,212 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

   59,412   83,120   5,686   (40,837  107,381 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   25,629   56   —     —     25,685 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —     459   153   —     612 

Other secured financings

   —     4,355   149   —     4,504 

Long-term borrowings

   —     29,840   1,934   —     31,774 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

  $85,041  $119,595  $7,922  $(40,837 $171,721 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2)Level 3 asset derivative equity contracts increased by $57 million with a corresponding decrease in the balance of Level 2 asset derivative equity contracts, and the balance of Level 3 liability derivative equity contracts increased by $842 million with a corresponding decrease in the balance of Level 2 liability derivative equity contracts to correct the fair value level assigned to these contracts at December 31, 2014. The total amount of asset and liability derivative equity contracts remained unchanged.
(3)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.
(4)Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

 

LOGO 12 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out at the beginning of the period.

 

 13 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2015.

 

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2015
  Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3

Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding
at March 31,
2015(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

 $41  $1  $2  $(32 $—    $—    $(1 $11  $1 

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  175   17   58   (40  —     —     86   296   12 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  96   (2  96   (10  —     —     —     180   (2

Asset-backed securities

  76   (2  57   (29  —     —     (35  67   3 

Corporate bonds

  386   38   129   (141  —     —     12   424   38 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,152   79   241   (397  —     (253  —     822   2 

Loans and lending commitments

  5,874   41   914   (213  —     (1,807  (20  4,789   40 

Other debt

  285   (10  68   (1  —     (5  149   486   2 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  8,044   161   1,563   (831  —     (2,065  192   7,064   95 

Corporate equities

  272   19   30   (98  —     —     7   230   12 

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Interest rate contracts

  (173  128    6   —     (11  65   (511  (496  119  

Credit contracts

  (743  (247  14   —     (30  7   15    (984  (252

Foreign exchange contracts

  151   62    —     —     —     97   (13  297    62  

Equity contracts(4)

  (2,165  (273  33   —     (176  (54  163   (2,472  (324

Commodity contracts

  1,146   295    —     —     —     (37  (59)  1,345   262  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,784  (35  53   —     (217  78   (405  (2,310  (133

Investments:

         

Private equity funds

  2,569   103   26   (175  —     —     —     2,523   86 

Real estate funds

  1,746   62   25   (107  —     —     —     1,726   41 

Hedge funds

  343   20   27   (28  —     —     —     362   20 

Principal investments

  835   17   11   (34  —     —     —     829   9 

Other

  323   (12  2   (5  —     —     83   391   (10
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  5,816   190   91   (349  —     —     83   5,831   146 

Securities received as collateral

  —     —     33   —     —     —     —     33   —   

Intangible assets

  6   —     —     —     —     (1  —     5   —   

 

LOGO 14 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2015
  Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3

Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding
at March 31,
2015(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

 $78  $(4 $(1 $8  $—    $—    $(66 $23  $(4

Unfunded lending commitments

  5   5   —     —     —     —     —     —     5 

Other debt

  38   6   (11  5   —     —     (3  23   6 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  121   7   (12  13   —     —     (69  46   7 

Corporate equities

  45   1   —     7   —     —     (1  50   1 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  —     —     —     33   —     —     —     33   —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  153   (1  —     —     —     —     —     154   (1)

Other secured financings

  149   (8  —     —     —     (24  —     133   1 

Long-term borrowings

  1,934   17    —     —     115   (142  (152  1,738   10 

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income except for $190 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2015.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.
(4)Net liability Level 3 derivative equity contracts increased by $785 million to correct the fair value level assigned to these contracts at December 31, 2014. The total amount of derivative equity contracts remained unchanged at December 31, 2014.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, there were no material transfers into or out of Level 3.

 

 15 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2014.

 

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2013
  Total
Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2014
  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) for
Level 3  Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding

at March 31,
2014(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

 $27  $2  $—     $(20 $—     $—     $(1 $8  $1 

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  47   5   2   (8  —      —      5   51   4 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  108   8   45   (81  —      —      —      80   —    

Asset-backed securities

  103   17   7   (3  —      —      22   146   17 

Corporate bonds

  522   20   183   (188  —      (8  9   538   21 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,468   52   283   (494  —      (51  35   1,293   12 

Loans and lending commitments

  5,129   (289  670   (122  —      (383  (17  4,988   (292

Other debt

  27   1   2   (3  —      —      4   31   —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  7,404   (186  1,192   (899  —      (442  58   7,127   (238

Corporate equities

  190   (1  90   (21  —      —      5   263   (3

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Interest rate contracts

  113   (133  9   —      (7  (51  (52  (121  (150

Credit contracts

  (147  (77  39   —      (70  36   (12  (231  67 

Foreign exchange contracts

  68   (7  —      —      —      8   (17  52   (6

Equity contracts

  (831  49   144   (1  (277  (106  (77  (1,099  10 

Commodity contracts

  880   163   56   —      —      (25  —      1,074   152 

Other

  (4  (1  —      —      —      4   —      (1  (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  79   (6  248   (1  (354  (134  (158  (326  72 

Investments:

         

Private equity funds

  2,531   171   75   (201  —      —      —      2,576   90 

Real estate funds

  1,637   52   15   (61  —      —      —      1,643   46 

Hedge funds

  432   13   18   (12  —      —      (57  394   13 

Principal investments

  2,160   61   —      (12  —      —      (16  2,193   47 

Other

  538   (14  10   (11  —      —      (2  521   (14
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  7,298   283   118   (297  —      —      (75  7,327   182 

Securities received as collateral

  —      —      —      —      —      —      3   3   —    

Intangible assets

  8   —      —      —      —      (1  —      7   —    

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Short-term borrowings

 $1  $—     $—     $—     $—     $(1 $—     $—     $—    

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

  22   4   (46  40   —      —      (9  3   3 

Unfunded lending commitments

  2   (4  —      —      —      —      —      6   (4

Other debt

  48   —      (5  —      —      —      25   68   —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  72   —      (51  40   —      —      16   77   (1

Corporate equities

  8   1   (3  2   —      —      4   10   —    

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  —      —      —      —      —      —      3   3   —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  154   —      —      —      —      —      —      154   —    

Other secured financings

  278   (4  —      —      1   (8  —      275   (4

Long-term borrowings

  1,887   (25  —      —      185   (176  (43  1,878   (27

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income except for $283 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2014.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.

 

LOGO 16 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, there were no material transfers into or out of Level 3.

Quantitative Information about and Sensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

The disclosures below provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. The following disclosures also include qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.

At March 31, 2015.

 

  Balance at
March  31,
2015

(dollars in
millions)
  

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1)  Averages(2) 

Assets

     

Trading assets:

     

Corporate and other debt:

                

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 $296  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A)  0 to 80 points    34 points  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  180  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A)  0 to 100 points    56 points  

Asset-backed securities

  67  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A)  63 to 75 points    73 points  

Corporate bonds

  424  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A)  3 to 125 points    93 points  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  822  Comparable pricing(3) Comparable bond price / (A)  20 to 105 points    77 points  
      Correlation model Credit correlation / (B)  43% to 62%    50%  

Loans and lending commitments

  4,789  Corporate loan model Credit spread / (C)  24 to 726 basis points    362 basis points  
  Margin loan model Credit spread / (C)(D)  150 to 467 basis points    208 basis points  
   Volatility skew / (C)(D)  10% to 43%    20%  
   Discount rate / (C)(D)  2% to 3%    3%  
  Option model Volatility skew / (C)  -1%    -1%  
      

Comparable pricing(3)

 Comparable loan price / (A)  50 to 105 points    88 points  

Other debt

  486  Comparable pricing Comparable loan price / (A)  0 to 77 points    47 points  
  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A)  15 points    15 points  
  

Option model

 At the money volatility / (A)  15% to 54%    15%  
      Margin loan model(3) Discount rate / (C)  0% to 5%    3%  

Corporate equities(4)

  230  Net asset value Discount to net asset value / (C)  0% to 78%    39%  
  Comparable pricing Comparable price / (A)  7% to 88%    79%  
  Comparable pricing(3) Comparable equity price / (A)  100%    100%  
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)  4 to 10 times    7 times  
        Price / Book ratio / (A)(D)  0 times    0 times  

Net derivative and other contracts(5):

     

Interest rate contracts

  (496 Option model 

Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

  0 to 3 times    2 times  

 

 17 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Balance at
March  31,
2015

(dollars in
millions)
  

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1)  Averages(2) 
   

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

  28% to 62%    44% / 43%(6)  
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)  31% to 92%    45% / 46%(6)  
   Interest rate quanto correlation / (C)(D)  -18% to 35%    3% / -8%(6)  
   Interest rate curve correlation / (C)(D)  19% to 95%    65% / 81%(6)  
   Inflation volatility / (A)(D)  60% to 64%    62% / 63%(6)  
   

Interest rate - Inflation correlation / (A)(D)

  -42% to -40%    -41% / -40%(6)  

Credit contracts

  (984 Comparable pricing Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)  5 to 13 points    9 points  
   Comparable bond price / (C)(D)  0 to 60 points    18 points  
      

Correlation model(3)

 Credit correlation / (B)  43% to 99%    60%  

Foreign exchange contracts(7)

  297   Option model 

Interest rate quanto correlation / (C)(D)

  -18% to 35%    3% / -8%(6)  
   

Interest rate - Credit spread correlation / (A)(D)

  -55% to -6%    -18% / -11%(6)  
   Interest rate curve correlation / (C)(D)  19% to 95%    65% / 81%(6)  
   

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

  28% to 62%    44% / 43%(6)  
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)  31% to 92%    45% / 46%(6)  
        Interest rate curve / (A)(D)  0% to 1%    0% / 0%(6)  

Equity contracts(7)

  (2,472 Option model At the money volatility / (A)(D)  10% to 58%    32%  
   Volatility skew / (A)(D)  -3% to 0%    -1%  
   Equity - Equity correlation / (C)(D)  40% to 99%    68%  
   

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

  -40% to 10%    -15%  
        

Equity - Interest rate correlation /
(C)(D)

  -18% to 71%    24% / 9%(6)  

Commodity contracts

  1,345  Option model Forward power price / (C)(D)  $6 to $98 per Megawatt hour    $36 per Megawatt hour  
   Commodity volatility / (A)(D)  9% to 70%    17%  
        Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)  33% to 100%    93%  

Investments(4):

     

Principal investments

  829  Discounted cash flow 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  11%    11%  
     
   Exit multiple / (A)(D)  10 times    10 times  
  Discounted cash flow Equity discount rate / (C)  25%    25%  
  Market approach(3) EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)  4 to 18 times    10 times  
   Price / Earnings ratio / (A)(D)  32 times    32 times  
   Forward capacity price / (A)(D)  $5 to $7    $7  
      

Comparable pricing

 Comparable equity price / (A)  100%    100%  

Other

  391  Discounted cash flow 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  10%    10%  
   Exit multiple / (A)(D)  10 times    10 times  
  Market approach(3) EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)  8 to 11 times    9 times  
   Price / Earnings ratio / (A)(D)  19 times    19 times  
      

Comparable pricing

 Comparable equity price / (A)  100%    100%  

Liabilities

                

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  154   Discounted cash flow Funding spread / (A)  75 to 85 basis points    80 basis points  

Other secured financings

  133  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A)  100 points    100 points  
  Discounted cash flow Discount rate / (C)  14%    14%  
      

Discounted cash flow(3)

 Funding spread / (A)  74 to 94 basis points    84 basis points  

Long-term borrowings

  1,738  Option model(3) At the money volatility / (C)(D)  20% to 51%    30%  
   Volatility skew / (C)(D)  -2% to 0%    -1%  
   Equity - Equity correlation / (A)(D)  40% to 90%    64%  
   

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

  -70% to 35%    -33%  
  Option model Equity alpha / (A)  18% to 85%    69%  
      

Correlation model

 Credit correlation / (B)  47% to 62%    50%  

 

LOGO 18 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

 

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

(1)The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 80 points would be 80% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 726 basis points would equal 7.26%.
(2)Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 6 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for collateralized debt and loan obligations, principal investments, other debt, corporate bonds, long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where some or all inputs are weighted by risk.
(3)This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.
(4)Investments in funds measured using an unadjusted net asset value (“NAV”) are excluded.
(5)Credit Valuation Adjustment (“CVA”) and Funding Valuation Adjustments (“FVA”) are included in the balance, but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Input(s) in the table above. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.
(6)The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts and certain equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(7)Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B)Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D)There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

At December 31, 2014.

 

  Balance at
December 31,
2014
(dollars in
millions)
  

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

 Averages(2) 

Assets

     

Trading assets:

     

Corporate and other debt:

              

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 $175  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 3 to 90 points  15 points  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  96  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 0 to 7 points  1 points  

Asset-backed securities

  76  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 0 to 62 points  23 points  

Corporate bonds

  386  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 1 to 160 points  90 points  

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,152  Comparable pricing(3) Comparable bond price / (A) 20 to 100 points  66 points  
      Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 47% to 65%  56%  

Loans and lending commitments

  5,874  Corporate loan model Credit spread / (C) 36 to 753 basis points  373 basis points  
  Margin loan model Credit spread / (C)(D) 150 to 451 basis points  216 basis points  
   Volatility skew / (C)(D) 3% to 37%  21%  
   Discount rate / (C)(D) 2% to 3%  3%  
  Option model Volatility skew / (C) -1%  -1%  
      Comparable pricing(3) Comparable loan price / (A) 15 to 105 points  89 points  

Other debt

  285  Comparable pricing(3) Comparable loan price / (A) 0 to 75 points  39 points  
  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 15 points  15 points  
      Option model At the money volatility / (A) 15% to 54%  15%  

Corporate equities(4)

  272  Net asset value Discount to net asset value / (C) 0% to 71%  36%  
  Comparable pricing Comparable price / (A) 83% to 96%  85%  
  Comparable pricing(3) Comparable equity price / (A) 100%  100%  
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)(D) 6 to 9 times  8 times  
        Price / Book ratio / (A)(D) 0 times  0 times  

 

 19 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Balance at
December 31,
2014
(dollars in
millions)
  

Valuation
Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to
Changes in the Unobservable Inputs

 

Range(1)

 Averages(2) 

Net derivative and other contracts(5):

     

Interest rate contracts

  (173 Option model 

Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

 0 to 3 times  2 times  
   

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

 28% to 62%  44% / 42%(6)  
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 38% to 104%  86% / 60%(6)  
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -9% to 35%  6% / -6%(6)  
   Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D) 44% to 87%  73% / 80%(6)  
   Inflation volatility / (A)(D) 69% to 71%  70% / 71%(6)  
        

Interest rate - Inflation correlation / (A)(D)

 -44% to -40%  -42% / -43%(6)  

Credit contracts

  (743 Comparable pricing Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D) 5 to 13 points  9 points  
   Comparable bond price / (C)(D) 0 to 55 points  18 points  
      Correlation model(3) Credit correlation / (B) 42% to 95%  63%  

Foreign exchange contracts(7)

  151  Option model Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D) -9% to 35%  6% / -6%(6)  
   

Interest rate - Credit spread correlation / (A)(D)

 -54% to -2%  -17% / -11%(6)  
   Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D) 44% to 87%  73% / 80%(6)  
   

Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

 28% to 62%  44% / 42%(6)  
        Interest rate curve / (A)(D) 0% to 2%  1% / 1%(6)  

Equity contracts(7)(8)

  (2,165 Option model At the money volatility / (A)(D) 14% to 51%  29%  
   Volatility skew / (A)(D) -2% to 0%  -1%  
   Equity - Equity correlation / (C)(D) 40% to 99%  72%  
   

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -50% to 10%  -16%  
        

Equity - Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)

 -18% to 81%  26% / 11%(6)  

Commodity contracts

  1,146  Option model Forward power price / (C)(D) $5 to $106 per  $38 per  
    Megawatt hour  Megawatt hour  
   Commodity volatility / (A)(D) 11% to 90%  19%  
        Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D) 33% to 100%  93%  

Investments(4):

     

Principal investments

  835  Discounted cash flow 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 11%  11%  
   Exit multiple / (A)(D) 10 times  10 times  
  Discounted cash flow Equity discount rate / (C) 25%  25%  
  Market approach(3) EBITDA multiple / (A)(D) 4 to 14 times  10 times  
   Price / Earnings ratio / (A)(D) 23 times  23 times  
   Forward capacity price / (A)(D) $5 to $7  $7  
      Comparable pricing Comparable equity price / (A) 64% to 100%  95%  

Other

  323  Discounted cash flow 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 10% to 13%  11%  
   Exit multiple / (A)(D) 6 to 9 times  9 times  
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)(D) 9 to 13 times  10 times  
      Comparable pricing(3) Comparable equity price / (A) 100%  100%  
Liabilities              

Trading liabilities:

     

  Corporate and other debt:

              

Corporate bonds

 $78  Option Model Volatility skew / (C)(D) -1%  -1%  
        At the money volatility / (C)(D) 10%  10%  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  153   Discounted cash flow Funding spread / (A) 75 to 91 basis points  86 basis points  

Other secured financings

  149  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 99 to 101 points  100 points  
      Discounted cash flow(3) Funding spread / (A) 82 to 98 basis points  95 basis points  
Long-term borrowings  1,934  Option model(3) At the money volatility / (C)(D) 18% to 32%  27%  
   Volatility skew / (A)(D) -1% to 0%  0%  
   Equity - Equity correlation / (A)(D) 40% to 90%  68%  
   

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -73% to 30%  -32%  
  Option model Equity alpha / (A) 0% to 94%  67%  
      Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 48% to 65%  51%  

 

LOGO 20 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

 

(1)The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 90 points would be 90% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 753 basis points would equal 7.53%.
(2)Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 6 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where inputs are weighted by risk.
(3)This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.
(4)Investments in funds measured using an unadjusted NAV are excluded.
(5)CVA and FVA are included in the balance, but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Input(s) in the table above. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.
(6)The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts and certain equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(7)Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(8)Net liability Level 3 derivative equity contracts increased by $785 million to correct the fair value level assigned to these contracts at December 31, 2014. This correction did not result in a change to the Valuation Techniques, Significant Unobservable Inputs, Ranges or Averages.

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B)Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D)There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

The following provides a description of significant unobservable inputs included in the March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 tables above for all major categories of assets and liabilities:

 

  

Cash synthetic basis—the measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments (“cash instruments”) and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents (“synthetic instruments”). The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

 

  

Comparable bond price—a pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and bond being valued in order to establish the value of the bond. Additionally, as the probability of default increases for a given bond (i.e., as the bond becomes more distressed), the valuation of that bond will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. The decision to use price-to-price or yield/spread comparisons largely reflects trading market convention for the financial instruments in question. Price-to-price comparisons are primarily employed for residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), Other debt, interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, Other secured financings and distressed corporate bonds. Implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) is utilized predominately for non-distressed corporate bonds, loans and credit contracts.

 

 21 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  

Comparable equity price—a price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.

 

  

Correlation—a pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Credit correlation, for example, is the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations.

 

  

Credit spread—the difference in yield between different securities due to differences in credit quality. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

 

  

EBITDA multiple/Exit multiple—the ratio of the Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where the Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

 

  

Equity alpha—a calibration parameter used in the modeling of equity hybrid products.

 

  

Funding spread—the difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements and certain other secured financings are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are constructed as spreads over the corresponding overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) or LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.

 

  

Implied weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”)—the WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors.

 

  

Interest rate curve—the term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative cash flow.

 

  

Price / Book ratio—the ratio used to compare a stock’s market value with its book value. The ratio is calculated by dividing the current closing price of the stock by the latest book value per share. This multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective.

 

  

Price / Earnings ratio—the ratio used to measure a company’s equity value in relation to its earnings. The ratio is calculated by dividing the equity value per share by the latest historical or forward-looking earnings per share. The ratio results in a standardized metric that allows comparison between companies, after also considering the effects of different leverage ratios and taxation rates.

 

  

Volatility—the measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option

 

LOGO 22 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

 

depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option (e.g., the volatility of a particular underlying equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular underlying commodity index), the tenor and the strike price of the option.

 

  

Volatility skew—the measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current price of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option with a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.

Fair Value of Investments That Calculate Net Asset Value.

The Company’s Investments measured at fair value were $6,573 million and $6,651 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The following table presents information solely about the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on NAV at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively:

 

   At March 31, 2015   At December 31, 2014 
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Private equity funds

  $2,523   $598   $2,569   $613 

Real estate funds

   1,733    110    1,753    112 

Hedge funds(1):

        

Long-short equity hedge funds

   419    —      433    —   

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

   76    —      76    —   

Event-driven hedge funds

   39    —      39    —   

Multi-strategy hedge funds

   149    3    139    3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,939   $711   $5,009   $728 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on athree-month period basis, primarily with a notice period of 90 days or less. At March 31, 2015, approximately 32% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds was redeemable at least quarterly, 51% is redeemable every six months and 17% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. At December 31, 2014, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds was redeemable at least quarterly, 47% is redeemable every six months and 17% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was primarily greater than six months.

Private Equity Funds.    Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. At March 31, 2015, it was estimated that 7% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated in the next five years, another 58% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 35% of the fair value of the funds will have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

Real Estate Funds.    Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Distributions from each fund will be received as the

 

 23 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. At March 31, 2015, it was estimated that 8% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 55% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 37% of the fair value of the funds will have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

Hedge Funds.    Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision that provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

 

  

Long-Short Equity Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 1% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at March 31, 2015. Investments representing approximately 13% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was primarily indefinite at March 31, 2015.

 

  

Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or overvalued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. Investments representing approximately 13% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at March 31, 2015.

 

  

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired and the sale of stock in its acquirer, with the expectation to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. At March 31, 2015, there were no restrictions on redemptions.

 

  

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short- and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. At March 31, 2015, investments representing approximately 33% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at March 31, 2015. Investments representing approximately 24% of the fair value of the investments in multi-strategy hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was indefinite at March 31, 2015.

 

LOGO 24 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Fair Value Option.

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models. The following table presents net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

   Trading
Revenues
  Interest
Income
(Expense)
  Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Net
Revenues
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(1 $—    $(1

Short-term borrowings(1)

   (40  —      (40

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (2  (1  (3

Long-term borrowings(1)

   937    (132  805  

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(1 $2  $1 

Short-term borrowings(1)

   (23  —     (23

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —     (1  (1

Long-term borrowings(1)

   (270  (172  (442

 

(1)Of the total gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues for short-term and long-term borrowings for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, $125 million and $126 million, respectively, are attributable to changes in the credit quality of the Company and other credit factors, and the respective remainder is attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for structured notes before the impact of related hedges.

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K, all of the instruments within Trading assets or Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option or as required by other accounting guidance. The amounts in the above table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect gains or losses on related hedging instruments, if any.

The Company hedges the economics of market risk for short-term and long-term borrowings (i.e., risks other than that related to the credit quality of the Company) as part of its overall trading strategy and manages the market risks embedded within the issuance by the related business unit as part of the business unit’s portfolio. The gains and losses on related economic hedges are recorded in Trading revenues and largely offset the gains and losses on short-term and long-term borrowings attributable to market risk.

 

 25 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, a breakdown of the short-term and long-term borrowings measured at fair value on a recurring basis by business unit responsible for risk-managing each borrowing is shown in the table below:

 

   Short-Term and  Long-Term
Borrowings
 

Business Unit

  At
March 31,
2015
   At
December 31,
2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Equity

  $17,758   $17,253 

Interest rates

   13,563    13,545 

Credit and foreign exchange

   1,788    2,105 

Commodities

   620    636 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $33,729   $33,539 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables present information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:

Gains (Losses) due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk.

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015           2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $125   $126 

Loans and other debt(2)

   77    3 

Unfunded lending commitments(3)

   9    14 

 

(1)The change in the fair value of short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) includes an adjustment to reflect the change in credit quality of the Company based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads and changes in other credit factors.
(2)Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.
(3)Gains (losses) on unfunded lending commitments were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

Net Difference between Contractual Principal Amount and Fair Value.

 

   Contractual Principal
Amount Exceeds Fair
Value
 
   At
March 31,
2015
  At
December 31,
2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $(775 $(670

Loans and other debt(2)

   14,482   14,990 

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status(2)(3)

   13,026   12,916 

 

(1)Short-term and long-term borrowings do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.

 

LOGO 26 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

(2)The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
(3)The aggregate fair value of loans that were in nonaccrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, was $1,656 million and $1,367 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $897 million and $643 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The tables above exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.

Certain assets and liabilities were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets and liabilities may include loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, intangible assets and unfunded lending commitments.

The following tables present, by caption on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized a non-recurring fair value adjustment for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015.

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using:  Total
Gains (Losses)
for the

Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2015(1)
 
  Carrying
Value at
March 31,
2015
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

     

Loans(2)

 $3,346  $—    $2,521  $825  $(24

Other investments(3)

  35   —      —     35   (2

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

  —     —      —     —     (19
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

 $3,381  $—    $2,521  $860  $(45
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Other liabilities and accrued

expenses(2)

 $245  $—    $203  $42  $(7
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 $245  $—    $203  $42  $(7
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Changes in the fair value of Loans and losses related to Other investments are recorded within Other revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income. Losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs are recorded within Other expenses if not held for sale and within Other revenues if held for sale. Losses related to Other liabilities and accrued expenses are recorded within Other revenues related to a non-recurring fair value adjustment for certain unfunded lending commitments designated as held for sale.
(2)Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans and unfunded lending commitments held for investment or held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(3)Losses related to Other investments were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.
(4)Losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs were determined primarily using a default recovery analysis.

 

 27 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014.

 

       Fair Value Measurements Using:   Total
Gains  (Losses)
for the
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014(1)
 
   Carrying
Value at
March 31,
2014
   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
   
   (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

  $1,663   $—     $1,423   $240   $(7

Other investments(3)

   302    —       —      302    (22

Intangible assets(3)

   28    —       —      28    (2

Other assets

   1    —       1    —      (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,994   $—     $1,424   $570   $(40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Changes in the fair value of Loans and losses related to Other investments are recorded within Other revenues, whereas losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs, Intangible assets and Other assets are recorded within Other expenses in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income if not held for sale.
(2)Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment or held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(3)Losses related to Other investments and Intangible assets were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.

There were no significant liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

The tables below present the carrying value, fair value and fair value hierarchy category of certain financial instruments that are not measured at fair value in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The tables below exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit customers.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, including Interest bearing deposits with banks, and other short-term financial instruments such as Securities purchased under agreements to resell; Securities borrowed; Securities sold under agreements to repurchase; Securities loaned; certain Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables arising in the ordinary course of business; certain Deposits; Short-term borrowings; and Other secured financings approximate fair value because of the relatively short period of time between their origination and expected maturity.

For longer-dated Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned and Other secured financings, fair value is determined using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

For held to maturity (“HTM”) securities, fair value is determined using quoted market prices.

 

LOGO 28 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

For consumer and residential real estate loans and lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value is based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level. The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

The fair value of long-term borrowings is generally determined based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

At March 31, 2015.

 

   At March 31, 2015   Fair Value Measurements Using: 
   Carrying
Value
   Fair Value   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

          

Cash and due from banks

  $19,683   $19,683   $19,683   $—     $—   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   20,610    20,610    20,610    —      —   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   40,340    40,340    40,340    —      —   

Investment securities—HTM securities

   1,632    1,636    706    930    —   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   90,120    90,126    —      89,466    660 

Securities borrowed

   150,365    150,366    —      150,366    —   

Customer and other receivables(1)

   52,511    52,410    —      47,610    4,800 

Loans(2)

   68,703    69,855    —      16,807    53,048 

Financial Liabilities:

          

Deposits

  $135,815   $135,844   $—     $135,844   $—   

Short-term borrowings

   411    411    —      411    —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   60,883    60,992     —      56,293    4,699 

Securities loaned

   25,527    25,553    —      25,390     163 

Other secured financings

   7,966    7,994    —      5,924    2,070 

Customer and other payables(1)

   186,965    186,965    —      186,965    —   

Long-term borrowings

   124,284    128,464    —      128,186    278 

 

(1)Accrued interest, fees, and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2)Amounts include all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

 29 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at March 31, 2015 was $1,132 million, of which $912 million and $220 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $93.6 billion.

At December 31, 2014.

 

   At December 31, 2014   Fair Value Measurements Using: 
   Carrying
Value
   Fair Value   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

          

Cash and due from banks

  $21,381   $21,381   $21,381   $—     $—   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   25,603    25,603    25,603    —      —   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   40,607    40,607    40,607    —      —   

Investment securities—HTM securities

   100    100    100    —      —   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   82,175    82,165    —      81,981    184 

Securities borrowed

   136,708    136,708    —      136,696    12 

Customer and other receivables(1)

   45,116    45,028    —      39,945    5,083 

Loans(2)

   66,577    67,800    —      18,212    49,588 

Financial Liabilities:

          

Deposits

  $133,544   $133,572   $—     $133,572   $—   

Short-term borrowings

   496    496    —      496    —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   69,337    69,433    —      63,921    5,512 

Securities loaned

   25,219    25,244    —      24,740    504 

Other secured financings

   7,581    7,881    —      5,465    2,416 

Customer and other payables(1)

   178,373    178,373    —      178,373    —   

Long-term borrowings

   120,998    124,961    —      124,150    811 

 

(1)Accrued interest, fees, and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2)Amounts include all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at December 31, 2014 was $1,178 million, of which $928 million and $250 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $86.8 billion.

 

LOGO 30 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

4.Investment Securities.

The following tables present information about the Company’s AFS securities, which are carried at fair value, and HTM securities, which are carried at amortized cost. The net unrealized gains or losses on AFS securities are reported on an after-tax basis as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

 

  At March 31, 2015 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
  Fair
Value
 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

 $32,453  $158  $17  $—    $32,594 

U.S. agency securities(1)

  19,488   131   38   —     19,581 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  51,941   289   55   —     52,175 

Corporate and other debt:

     

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

     

Agency

  2,201   3   59   —     2,145 

Non-agency

  1,877   22   4   —     1,895 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  2,694   3   1   —     2,696 

Corporate bonds

  3,670   25   7   —     3,688 

Collateralized loan obligations

  1,087   —     16   —     1,071 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

  4,145   16   9   —     4,152 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  15,674   69   96   —     15,647 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  67,615   358   151   —     67,822 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

  15   —     7   —     8 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

  67,630   358   158   —     67,830 

HTM securities:

     

U.S. government securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

  703   3   —     —     706 

U.S. agency securities(1)

  929   1   —     —     930 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

  1,632   4   —     —     1,636 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $69,262  $362  $158  $—    $69,466 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 31 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At December 31, 2014 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
  Fair
Value
 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

 $35,855  $42  $67  $—    $35,830 

U.S. agency securities(1)

  18,030   77   72   —     18,035 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  53,885   119   139   —     53,865 

Corporate and other debt:

     

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

     

Agency

  2,288   1   76   —     2,213 

Non-agency

  1,820   11   6   —     1,825 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  2,433   —     5   —     2,428 

Corporate bonds

  3,640   10   22   —     3,628 

Collateralized loan obligations

  1,087   —     20   —     1,067 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

  4,169   18   8   —     4,179 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  15,437   40   137   —     15,340 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  69,322   159   276   —     69,205 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

  15   —     4   —     11 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

  69,337   159   280   —     69,216 

HTM securities:

     

U.S. government securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

  100   —     —     —     100 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

  100   —     —     —     100 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $69,437  $159  $280  $—    $69,316 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)U.S. agency securities are composed of three main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.
(2)FFELP—Federal Family Education Loan Program. Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

 

LOGO 32 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The tables below present the fair value of Investment securities that are in an unrealized loss position:

 

  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or Longer  Total 

At March 31, 2015

 Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

 $5,304  $17  $—    $—    $5,304  $17 

U.S. agency securities

  2,981   7   2,372   31   5,353   38 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  8,285   24   2,372   31   10,657   55 

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

      

Agency

  66   —     1,496   59   1,562   59 

Non-agency

  565   3   263   1   828   4 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  762   1   160   —     922   1 

Corporate bonds

  533   3   551   4   1,084   7 

Collateralized loan obligations

  —     —     1,071   16   1,071   16 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

  1,491   6   478   3   1,969   9 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  3,417   13   4,019   83   7,436   96 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  11,702   37   6,391   114   18,093   151 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

  9   7   —     —     9   7 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $11,711  $44  $6,391  $114  $18,102  $158 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or Longer  Total 

At December 31, 2014

 Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
  (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

 $11,410  $14  $5,924  $53  $17,334  $67 

U.S. agency securities

  2,739   6   4,133   66   6,872   72 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  14,149   20   10,057   119   24,206   139 

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

      

Agency

  42   —     1,822   76   1,864   76 

Non-agency

  706   3   346   3   1,052   6 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

  2,034   5   —     —     2,034   5 

Corporate bonds

  905   6   1,299   16   2,204   22 

Collateralized loan obligations

  —     —     1,067   20   1,067   20 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

  1,523   6   393   2   1,916   8 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  5,210   20   4,927   117   10,137   137 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

  19,359   40   14,984   236   34,343   276 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

  11   4   —     —     11   4 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

 $19,370  $44  $14,984  $236  $34,354  $280 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K, AFS and HTM securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Company’s

 

 33 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

ongoing assessment of temporary versus other-than-temporarily impaired at the individual security level. The net unrealized gains on AFS debt securities reported in the table above are primarily due to lower interest rates since those securities were purchased. The risk of credit loss on securities in an unrealized loss position is considered minimal because all of the Company’s agency securities as well as the Company’s ABS, CMBS and CLOs are highly rated and because the Company’s corporate bonds are all investment grade. The Company does not intend to sell and is not likely to be required to sell its AFS debt securities prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. The Company does not expect to experience a credit loss on its AFS debt securities or HTM securities based on consideration of the relevant information (as discussed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K), including for U.S. government and agency securities, the existence of an explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. The Company believes that its AFS debt securities with an unrealized loss position were not other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

For AFS equity securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company does not intend to sell these securities or expect to be required to sell these securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost basis. The Company believes that the equity securities with an unrealized loss in AOCI were not other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of Investment securities by contractual maturity dates at March 31, 2015:

 

At March 31, 2015

  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Annualized
Average Yield
 
   (dollars in millions) 

AFS debt securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   31,563    31,693    1.0

After 5 years through 10 years

   890    901    1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   32,453    32,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

U.S. agency securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   1,524    1,533    0.9

After 5 years through 10 years

   1,807    1,819    1.4

After 10 years

   16,157    16,229    1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   19,488    19,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   51,941    52,175    1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

      

Agency:

      

Due within 1 year

   37    37    0.5

After 1 year through 5 years

   581    581    1.0

After 5 years through 10 years

   395    394    1.1

After 10 years

   1,188    1,133    1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   2,201    2,145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-agency:

      

After 10 years

   1,877    1,895    1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   1,877    1,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

      

Due within 1 year

   6    6    0.7

After 1 year through 5 years

   2,413    2,414    1.0

After 5 years through 10 years

   275    276    1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   2,694    2,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

LOGO 34 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

At March 31, 2015

  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Annualized
Average Yield
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate bonds:

      

Due within 1 year

   288    288    0.8

After 1 year through 5 years

   2,865    2,876    1.5

After 5 years through 10 years

   517    524    2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   3,670    3,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Collateralized loan obligations:

      

After 10 years

   1,087    1,071    1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   1,087    1,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   124    124    0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

   875    875    0.9

After 10 years

   3,146    3,153    0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   4,145    4,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total corporate and other debt

   15,674    15,647    1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total AFS debt securities

   67,615    67,822    1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

AFS equity securities

   15    8    —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total AFS securities

   67,630    67,830    1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

HTM securities:

      

U.S. government securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities:

      

Due within 1 year

   703    706    1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   703    706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

U.S. agency securities:

      

After 10 years

   929    930    2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   929    930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total HTM securities

   1,632    1,636    1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Investment securities

  $69,262   $69,466    1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

See Note 6 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, auto loan asset-backed securities, CLO and FFELP student loan asset-backed securities.

The following table presents information pertaining to gross realized gains and losses on sales of AFS securities within the Company’s Investment securities portfolio during the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015           2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Gross realized gains

  $29   $7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross realized losses

  $4   $1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

 35 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

5.Collateralized Transactions.

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company manages credit exposure arising from such transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a counterparty default (such as bankruptcy or a counterparty’s failure to pay or perform), with the right to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under such agreement and liquidate and set off collateral held by the Company against the net amount owed by the counterparty. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed, and to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), although in certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a tri-party arrangement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized.

The following tables present information about the offsetting of these instruments and related collateral amounts. For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 10.

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Gross
Amounts(1)
   Amounts Offset
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net  Amounts
Presented
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
   Financial
Instruments  Not

Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(3)
  Net Exposure 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $155,656   $(64,424 $91,232   $(89,193 $2,039 

Securities borrowed

   159,201    (8,836  150,365    (139,575  10,790 

Liabilities

        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $125,912   $(64,424 $61,488   $(50,619 $10,869 

Securities loaned

   34,363    (8,836  25,527    (24,130  1,397 

 

(1)Amounts include $3.9 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $5.8 billion of Securities borrowed, $12.5 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $1.2 billion of Securities loaned, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

 

LOGO 36 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   At December 31, 2014 
   Gross
Amounts(1)
   Amounts Offset
in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net Amounts
Presented

in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements
of Financial
Condition
   Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(3)
  Net Exposure 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $148,234   $(64,946 $83,288   $(79,343 $3,945 

Securities borrowed

   145,556    (8,848  136,708    (128,282  8,426 

Liabilities

        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $134,895   $(64,946 $69,949   $(56,454 $13,495 

Securities loaned

   34,067    (8,848  25,219    (24,252  967 

 

(1)Amounts include $3.9 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $4.2 billion of Securities borrowed, $15.6 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.7 billion Securities loaned, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

The Company also engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and is included within Customer and other receivables in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company receives collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of a customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were approximately $30.5 billion and $29.0 billion, respectively, of customer margin loans outstanding.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and

 

 37 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 6 and 9).

The Company pledges its trading assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other secured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of Trading assets by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

 

   At
March  31,
2015
   At
December  31,
2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Trading assets:

    

U.S. government and agency securities

  $11,360   $11,769 

Other sovereign government obligations

   7,734    6,084 

Corporate and other debt

   6,033    6,061 

Corporate equities

   6,230    7,421 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $31,357   $31,335 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the total fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $598 billion and $546 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $452 billion and $403 billion, respectively.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:

 

   At
March  31,
2015
   At
December  31,
2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  $40,340   $40,607 

Securities(1)

   15,587    14,630 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $55,927   $55,237 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

LOGO 38 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

6.Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities.

The Company is involved with various special purpose entities (“SPE”) in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Except for certain asset management entities, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

  

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, including re-securitization transactions.

 

  

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

  

Servicing of residential and commercial mortgage loans held by VIEs.

 

  

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

  

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

  

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLN”) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

  

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Company does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Company serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Company analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, who serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the “B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

 

 39 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

For many transactions, such as re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Company focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Company and the extent of the information available to the Company and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Company and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of continuing involvement by the Company, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Company and by other investors, the Company concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Company and the initial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Most re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Premises, equipment and software costs, and Other assets in its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets in its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 11).

The following tables present information at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Mortgage-and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $508   $302   $903   $1,150 

VIE liabilities

  $311   $2   $77   $—   

 

   At December 31, 2014 
   Mortgage-and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $563   $288   $928   $1,199 

VIE liabilities

  $337   $4   $80   $—   

 

LOGO 40 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

In general, the Company’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third-party holders of the VIE’s liabilities. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, managed real estate partnerships reflected nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements of $253 million and $240 million, respectively. The Company also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $106 million and $105 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. This additional exposure relates primarily to certain derivatives (e.g., instead of purchasing senior securities, the Company has sold credit protection to synthetic CDOs through credit derivatives that are typically related to the most senior tranche of the CDO) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

The following tables present information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had variable interests at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The tables include all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. Most of the VIEs included in the tables below are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Company’s involvement generally is the result of the Company’s secondary market-making activities and securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 4):

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Mortgage-and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $177,995   $24,901   $4,194   $1,996   $17,375 

Maximum exposure to loss:

          

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $15,977   $2,352   $79   $1,159   $3,788 

Derivative and other contracts

   15    2    2,566    —       145 

Commitments, guarantees and other

   462    1,529    —       612    482 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $16,454   $3,883   $2,645   $1,771   $4,415 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

          

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $15,977   $2,352   $79   $741   $3,788 

Derivative and other contracts

   15    2    5    —       67 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $15,992   $2,354   $84   $741   $3,855 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

          

Derivative and other contracts

  $—      $—      $—      $—      $45 

Commitments, guarantees and other

   —       —       —       4    —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $—      $—      $—      $4   $45 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $25.6 billion of residential mortgages; $74.3 billion of commercial mortgages; $20.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $57.8 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2)Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.6 billion of residential mortgages; $2.6 billion of commercial mortgages; $4.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $7.5 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

 

 41 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   At December 31, 2014 
   Mortgage-and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $174,548   $26,567   $3,449   $2,040   $19,237 

Maximum exposure to loss:

          

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $15,028   $3,062   $13   $1,158   $3,884 

Derivative and other contracts

   15    2    2,212    —       164 

Commitments, guarantees and other

   1,054    432    —       617    429 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $16,097   $3,496   $2,225   $1,775   $4,477 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

          

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $15,028   $3,062   $13   $741   $3,884 

Derivative and other contracts

   15    2    4    —       74 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $15,043   $3,064   $17   $741   $3,958 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

          

Derivative and other contracts

  $—      $—      $—      $—      $57 

Commitments, guarantees and other

   —       —       —       5    —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $—      $—      $—      $5   $57 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $30.8 billion of residential mortgages; $71.9 billion of commercial mortgages; $20.6 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $51.2 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2)Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.9 billion of residential mortgages; $2.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $4.0 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $6.8 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Company. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write-downs already recorded by the Company.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests. In addition, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $12.9 billion and $14.0 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These securities were either retained in connection with

 

LOGO 42 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

transfers of assets by the Company, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held in the Company’s AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 4). At March 31, 2015, securities issued by securitization SPEs consisted of $1.1 billion of securities backed by residential mortgage loans, $7.7 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.1 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $0.4 billion of securities backed by CDOs or CLOs and $2.6 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. At December 31, 2014, securities issued by securitization SPEs consisted of $1.0 billion of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $8.5 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.2 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $0.5 billion of securities backed by CDOs or CLOs and $2.7 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. The Company’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt or AFS securities within the Company’s Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the securities owned.

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily include securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, other structured financings, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. The Company’s continuing involvement in VIEs that it does not consolidate can include ownership of retained interests in Company-sponsored transactions, interests purchased in the secondary market (both for Company-sponsored transactions and transactions sponsored by third parties), derivatives with securitization SPEs (primarily interest rate derivatives in commercial mortgage and residential mortgage securitizations and credit derivatives in which the Company has purchased protection in synthetic CDOs). Such activities are further described in Note 7 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in its 2014 Form 10-K.

 

 43 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

The following tables present information at March 31, 2015 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes  and

Other(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(2)

  $25,810   $55,160   $18,786   $18,935 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $1   $155   $938   $—   

Non-investment grade

   100    91    —      1,213 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $101   $246   $938   $1,213 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $1   $184   $37   $350 

Non-investment grade

   78    116    —      81 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $79   $300   $37   $431 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—     $431   $—     $131 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—     $—     $—     $391 

 

(1)Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.
(2)Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $ —      $1,002   $92   $1,094 

Non-investment grade

   —       29    1,375    1,404 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—      $1,031   $1,467   $2,498 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—      $569   $3   $572 

Non-investment grade

   —       196    79    275 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—      $765   $82   $847 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—      $496   $66   $562 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—      $66   $325   $391 

 

LOGO 44 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The following tables present information at December 31, 2014 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

 

   At December 31, 2014 
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes  and

Other(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(2)

  $26,549   $58,660   $20,826   $24,011 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $10   $117   $1,019   $57 

Non-investment grade

   98    120    —       1,264 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $108   $237   $1,019   $1,321 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $32   $129   $61   $423 

Non-investment grade

   32    72    —       59 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $64   $201   $61   $482 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—      $495   $—      $138 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—      $—      $—      $86 

 

(1)Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.
(2)Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

   At December 31, 2014 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—      $1,166   $37   $1,203 

Non-investment grade

   —       123    1,359    1,482 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—      $1,289   $1,396   $2,685 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—      $644   $1   $645 

Non-investment grade

   —       129    34    163 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—      $773   $35   $808 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—      $559   $74   $633 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—      $82   $4   $86 

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

 45 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Net gains on sale of assets in securitization transactions at the time of the sale were not material in the first quarter of 2015 and 2014.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $4.9 billion and $6.0 billion, respectively. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $0.9 billion and $0.6 billion, respectively.

The Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 11).

In addition, in connection with its underwriting of CLO transactions for unaffiliated sponsors, the Company received proceeds from sale of corporate loans sold to those SPEs of $0.3 billion and $0.4 billion during the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net gains on sale of corporate loans to CLO transactions at the time of sale were not material for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

The Company also enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which derivatives it retains the exposure to the securities. For transactions where the derivatives were outstanding at March 31, 2015, the carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and the gross cash proceeds were $14.0 billion. In addition, the fair value at March 31, 2015 of the assets sold was $14.7 billion while the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2015 was $237 million and $48 million, respectively (see Note 10).

Failed Sales.

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. A transfer that fails to meet these criteria, is treated as a failed sale. In such cases, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets, and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 9).

The assets transferred to unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities are also non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

The following table presents information about the carrying value (equal to fair value) of assets and liabilities resulting from transfers of financial assets treated by the Company as secured financings:

 

   At March 31, 2015   At December 31, 2014 
   Carrying Value of   Carrying Value of 
   Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
   (dollars in millions) 

Credit-linked notes

  $28   $28   $47   $39 

Equity-linked transactions

   11    11    16    16 

Other

   244    244    289    289 

 

LOGO 46 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

7.Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.

Loans.

The Company’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at lower of cost or fair value in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company’s outstanding loans at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 included the following:

 

   At March 31, 2015  At December 31, 2014 

Loans by Product Type

  Loans Held
for
Investment
  Loans Held
for Sale
   Total
Loans(1)(2)
  Loans Held
for
Investment
  Loans Held
for Sale
   Total
Loans(1)(2)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $21,121  $7,360   $28,481  $19,659  $8,200   $27,859 

Consumer loans

   17,372   —      17,372   16,576   —      16,576 

Residential real estate loans

   16,853   154    17,007   15,735   114    15,849 

Wholesale real estate loans

   5,265   743    6,008   5,298   1,144    6,442 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, gross of allowance for loan losses

   60,611   8,257    68,868   57,268   9,458    66,726 

Allowance for loan losses

   (165  —      (165  (149  —      (149
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses

  $60,446  $8,257   $68,703  $57,119  $9,458   $66,577 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include loans that are made to non-U.S. borrowers of $6,643 million and $7,017 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
(2)At March 31, 2015, loans at fixed interest rates and floating or adjustable interest rates were $6,720 million and $61,983 million, respectively. At December 31, 2014, loans at fixed interest rates and floating or adjustable interest rates were $6,663 million and $59,914 million, respectively.

The above table does not include Loans and lending commitments held at fair value of $11,394 million and $11,962 million that were recorded as Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. At March 31, 2015, Loans and lending commitments held at fair value consisted of $5,689 million of corporate loans, $2,044 million of residential real estate loans and $3,661 million of wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2014, Loans and lending commitments held at fair value consisted of $7,093 million of corporate loans, $1,682 million of residential real estate loans and $3,187 million of wholesale real estate loans. See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value.

Credit Quality.

The Company’s Credit Risk Management Department evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved, and at least annually thereafter for corporate and wholesale real estate loans. For corporate loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The Company’s Credit Risk Management Department also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect an obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics including property type, loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates, and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the

 

 47 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio, and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

For a description of the Company’s loan portfolio and credit quality indicators utilized in its credit monitoring process, see Note 8 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

Loans considered as doubtful or loss are considered impaired. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. When a loan is impaired the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or as a practical expedient the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. For further information, see Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

The following tables present credit quality indicators for the Company’s loans held for investment, gross of allowance for loan losses, by product type, at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

   At March 31, 2015 

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Pass

  $19,612   $17,372   $16,802   $5,265   $59,051 

Special mention

   808    —      —      —      808 

Substandard

   676     —      51    —      727  

Doubtful

   25     —      —      —      25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $21,121   $17,372   $16,853   $5,265   $60,611 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   At December 31, 2014 

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Pass

  $17,847   $16,576   $15,688   $5,298   $55,409 

Special mention

   1,683    —      —      —      1,683 

Substandard

   127    —      47    —      174 

Doubtful

   2    —      —      —      2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $19,659   $16,576   $15,735   $5,298   $57,268 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans.

There are two components in the allowance for loan loss estimate: (1) the inherent allowance component which estimates the probable losses inherent in the portfolio, and (2) the specific allowance component which includes estimates related to loans specifically identified for impairment.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includes non-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Company maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for

 

LOGO 48 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses for non-homogeneous exposures, including loans modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”), which have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Company and determined to be impaired. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company’s TDRs were not significant. For further information on allowance for loan losses, see Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

The tables below provide details on impaired loans, past due loans and allowances for the Company’s held for investment loans:

 

   At March 31, 2015 

Loans by Product Type

  Corporate   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $23   $ —     $ —     $23  

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

   2    20     —      22  

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

   25     20     —      45  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   2    24    —      26 

 

   At December 31, 2014 

Loans by Product Type

  Corporate   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —   

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

   2    17    —      19 

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

   2    17    —      19 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   2    25    —      27 

 

   At March 31, 2015 

Loans by Region

  Americas   EMEA   Asia-Pacific   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans

  $22   $23    $ —     $45  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   26    —      —      26 

Allowance for loan losses

   131    29    5    165 

 

   At December 31, 2014 

Loans by Region

  Americas   EMEA   Asia-Pacific   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans

  $19   $ —     $ —     $19 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   27    —      —      27 

Allowance for loan losses

   121    20    8    149 

 

EMEA—Europe,Middle East and Africa.
(1)At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, no allowance was outstanding for these loans as the fair value of the collateral held exceeded or equaled the carrying value.

 

 49 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes information about the allowance for loan losses, loans by impairment methodology, the allowance for lending-related commitments and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology.

 

   Corporate  Consumer   Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for loan losses:

         

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $118  $2   $8   $21   $149 

Gross charge-offs

   —     —      —      —      —   

Gross recoveries

   1   —      —      —      1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net recoveries

   1   —      —      —      1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (release) for loan losses(1)

   25   —      —      1    26 

Other(2)

   (11  —      —      —      (11
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $133  $2   $8   $22   $165 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $128  $2   $8   $22   $160 

Specific

   5   —      —      —      5 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2015

  $133  $2   $8   $22   $165 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(3):

         

Inherent

  $21,096   $17,372   $16,833   $5,265   $60,566  

Specific

   25    —      20    —      45  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated at March 31, 2015

  $21,121  $17,372   $16,853   $5,265   $60,611 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

         

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $147  $—     $—     $2   $149 

Provision for lending-related commitments(4)

   36   —      —      1    37 

Other

   (1  —      —      —      (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $182  $—     $—     $3   $185 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

  $182  $—     $—     $3   $185 

Specific

   —     —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at March 31, 2015

  $182  $—     $—     $3   $185 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology(3):

         

Inherent

  $70,153  $3,875   $287   $376   $74,691 

Specific

   26   —      —      —      26 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at March 31, 2015

  $70,179  $3,875   $287   $376   $74,717 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company recorded a provision of $26 million for loan losses within Other revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.
(2)Amount includes the impact related to the transfer to loans held for sale and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(3)Loan balances are gross of the allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments are gross of credit losses.
(4)The Company recorded a provision of $37 million for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

 

LOGO 50 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Corporate  Consumer   Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for loan losses:

        

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $137  $1   $4   $14  $156 

Gross charge-offs

   —     —      —      (3  (3

Gross recoveries

   —     —      —      —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

   —     —      —      (3  (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision (release) for loan losses(1)

   (33  1    1    2   (29
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

  $104  $2   $5   $13  $124 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

        

Inherent

  $102  $2   $5   $13  $122 

Specific

   2   —      —      —     2 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2014

  $104  $2   $5   $13  $124 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

        

Inherent

  $15,599  $12,638   $11,000   $2,442  $41,679 

Specific

   11   —      9    —     20 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loan evaluated at March 31, 2014

  $15,610  $12,638   $11,009   $2,442  $41,699 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

        

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $125  $—     $—     $2  $127 

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

   19   —      —      —     19 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

  $144  $—     $—     $2  $146 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

        

Inherent

  $144  $—     $—     $2  $146 

Specific

   —     —      —      —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at March 31, 2014

  $144  $—     $—     $2  $146 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

        

Inherent

  $65,470  $2,865   $1,861   $238  $70,434 

Specific

   —     —      —      —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at March 31, 2014

  $65,470  $2,865   $1,861   $238  $70,434 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company recorded a release of $29 million for loan losses within Other revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
(2)Loan balances are gross of the allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments are gross of credit losses.
(3)The Company recorded a provision of $19 million for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the quarter end March 31, 2014.

 

 51 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Employee Loans.

Employee loans are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from one to twelve years. The Company establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At March 31, 2015, the Company had $4,880 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $112 million. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $5,130 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $116 million.

The Company has also granted loans to other employees primarily in conjunction with certain after-tax leveraged investment arrangements. At March 31, 2015, the balance of these loans was $21 million, net of an allowance of approximately $41 million. At December 31, 2014, the balance of these loans was $40 million, net of an allowance of approximately $42 million. The Company establishes an allowance for non-recourse loan amounts not recoverable from employees, which is recorded in Other non-interest expense.

 

8.Deposits.

Deposits were as follows:

 

   At March 31,
2015(1)
   At December 31,
2014(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits(2)

  $134,263   $132,159 

Time deposits(3)(4)

   1,552    1,385 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $135,815   $133,544 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Total deposits subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insurance at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $101 billion and $99 billion, respectively.
(2)There were no significant non-interest bearing deposits at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3).
(4)The amount of U.S. time deposits that met or exceeded the FDIC insurance limit was not significant at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

The weighted average interest rates of interest bearing deposits outstanding at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were 0.0% and 0.1%, respectively.

Interest-bearing deposits maturing over the next five years total: $135,807 million remaining in 2015, with no other deposits maturing after 2015. The amount remaining for 2015 includes $134,255 million of saving deposits, which have no stated maturity, and $1,552 million of time deposits.

The vast majority of deposits in the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks are sourced from the Company’s retail brokerage accounts. Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the purchase of the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) (the “Wealth Management JV”) in 2013, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K). During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, $4 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At March 31, 2015, approximately $4 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

 

LOGO 52 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

9.Long-Term Borrowings and Other Secured Financings.

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

 

   At
March 31,  2015
   At
December 31,  2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Senior debt

  $142,129   $139,565 

Subordinated debt

   8,543    8,339 

Junior subordinated debentures

   4,873    4,868 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $155,545   $152,772 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $11.3 billion. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, approximately $5.3 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired.

The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 6.3 years and 5.9 years at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Other Secured Financings.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. See Note 6 for further information on Other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

The Company’s Other secured financings consisted of the following:

 

   At
March 31,  2015
   At
December 31,  2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

  $9,888   $10,346 

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less

   2,036    1,395 

Failed sales(1)

   283    344 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(2)

  $12,207   $12,085 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)For more information on failed sales, see Note 6.
(2)Amounts include $4,241 million and $4,504 million at fair value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

10.Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

The Company trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of

 

 53 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty (such as bankruptcy or a failure to pay or perform), to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty. However, in certain circumstances: The Company may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime (which is based on the type of counterparty entity and the jurisdiction of organization of the counterparty) may not support the enforceability of the agreement; or the Company may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Company has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset in the tabular disclosures below. The Company’s policy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Company’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits. The following tables present information about the offsetting of derivative instruments and related collateral amounts. See information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions in Note 5.

 

  At March 31, 2015 
  Gross
Amounts(1)
  Amounts Offset
in  the Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net Amounts
Presented in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition
  Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial
Condition(3)
  Net
Exposure
 
     Financial
Instruments
Collateral
  Other
Cash
Collateral
  
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivative assets

      

Bilateral OTC

 $456,688  $(424,006 $32,682  $(9,809 $(55 $22,818 

Cleared OTC(4)

  195,421   (194,064  1,357   —     —     1,357 

Exchange traded

  34,325   (29,606  4,719   —     —     4,719 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $686,434  $(647,676 $38,758  $(9,809 $(55 $28,894 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

      

Bilateral OTC

 $442,056  $(400,689 $41,367  $(15,267 $(228 $25,872 

Cleared OTC(4)

  188,423   (188,115  308   —     —     308 

Exchange traded

  35,108   (29,606  5,502   (643  —     4,859 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $665,587  $(618,410 $47,177  $(15,910 $(228 $31,039 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include $7.3 billion of derivative assets and $7.2 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” herein, for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

 

LOGO 54 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At December 31, 2014 
  Gross
Amounts(1)
  Amounts Offset
in the Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net Amounts
Presented in the
Condensed
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
  Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial
Condition(3)
  Net
Exposure
 
     Financial
Instruments
Collateral
  Other
Cash
Collateral
  
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivative assets

      

Bilateral OTC

 $427,079  $(396,582 $30,497  $(9,844 $(19 $20,634 

Cleared OTC(4)

  217,169   (215,576  1,593   —     —     1,593 

Exchange traded

  32,123   (27,819  4,304   —     —     4,304 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $676,371  $(639,977 $36,394  $(9,844 $(19 $26,531 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

      

Bilateral OTC

 $410,003  $(375,095 $34,908  $(11,192 $(179 $23,537 

Cleared OTC(4)

  211,695   (211,180  515   —     (6  509 

Exchange traded

  32,608   (27,819  4,789   (726  —     4,063 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $654,306  $(614,094 $40,212  $(11,918 $(185 $28,109 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include $6.5 billion of derivative assets and $6.9 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” herein, for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K and Note 3.

 

 55 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Fair value is presented in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at March 31, 2015(1)

 

  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral

Netting(3)
  Net  Exposure
Post-cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

 Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5    
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $213  $587  $994  $4,421  $(5,161 $1,054  $865 

AA

  3,365   3,500   2,691   15,682   (18,070  7,168   5,086 

A

  14,607   12,129   6,552   26,464   (47,540  12,212   8,105 

BBB

  5,908   4,142   2,647   14,927   (18,737  8,887   6,361 

Non-investment grade

  3,463   2,962   1,322   2,605   (5,689  4,663   3,758 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $27,556  $23,320  $14,206  $64,099  $(95,197 $33,984  $24,175 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets at December 31, 2014(1)

 

  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

 Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5    
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $499  $246  $1,313  $4,281  $(5,009 $1,330  $1,035 

AA

  2,679   2,811   2,704   14,137   (15,415  6,916   4,719 

A

  11,733   10,833   7,585   23,968   (43,644  10,475   6,520 

BBB

  5,119   3,753   2,592   13,132   (15,844  8,752   6,035 

Non-investment grade

  3,196   3,089   1,541   2,499   (5,727  4,598   3,918 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $23,226  $20,732  $15,735  $58,017  $(85,639 $32,071  $22,227 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include exchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

LOGO 56 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Hedge Accounting.

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of exposure to changes in fair value of assets and liabilities being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

Net Investment Hedges.    The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument relates to the exchange rate between the functional currency of the investee and the parent’s functional currency, no hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings. If these exchange rates are not the same, the Company uses regression analysis to assess the prospective and retrospective effectiveness of the hedge relationships and any ineffectiveness is recognized in Interest income. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and are recorded in Interest income.

 

 57 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments.    The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract and the platform on which these instruments are traded or cleared on a gross basis. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Trading assets, and fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Trading liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3):

 

  Derivative Assets
at March 31, 2015
 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $3,905  $1,479  $—     $5,384  $43,242  $36,388  $—     $79,630 

Foreign exchange contracts

  428   —      —      428   8,556   —      —      8,556 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  4,333   1,479   —      5,812   51,798   36,388   —      88,186 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  300,367    188,945   425   489,737    4,694,122   7,792,382   1,434,961   13,921,465 

Credit contracts

  23,273    4,779   —      28,052    733,081   172,179   —      905,260 

Foreign exchange contracts

  88,002    218   135   88,355    2,328,794   15,930   16,422   2,361,146 

Equity contracts

  23,933   —      27,441   51,374   314,360   —      278,570   592,930 

Commodity contracts

  16,448   —      6,324   22,772   104,164   —      103,889    208,053  

Other

  332   —      —      332   8,994   —      —      8,994 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  452,355   193,942   34,325   680,622   8,183,515   7,980,491   1,833,842    17,997,848  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $456,688  $195,421  $34,325  $686,434  $8,235,313  $8,016,879  $1,833,842  $18,086,034  

Cash collateral netting

  (64,030  (11,602  —      (75,632  —      —      —      —    

Counterparty netting

  (359,976  (182,462  (29,606  (572,044  —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $32,682  $1,357  $4,719  $38,758  $8,235,313  $8,016,879  $1,833,842  $18,086,034  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 58 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Derivative Liabilities
at March 31, 2015
 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $14  $12  $—     $26  $2,585  $2,677  $—     $5,262 

Foreign exchange contracts

  16   2   —      18   2,601   209   —      2,810 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  30   14   —      44   5,186   2,886   —      8,072 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  284,618   183,798   249   468,665   4,521,135   7,483,783   1,643,379   13,648,297 

Credit contracts

  23,646   4,417   —      28,063   656,892   151,893   —      808,785 

Foreign exchange contracts

  88,343   194   84   88,621   1,956,212   12,189   19,856   1,988,257 

Equity contracts

  31,029   —      28,350   59,379   351,276   —      290,911   642,187 

Commodity contracts

  14,306   —      6,425   20,731   88,889   —      84,604    173,493  

Other

  84   —      —      84   7,117   —      —      7,117 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  442,026   188,409   35,108   665,543   7,581,521   7,647,865   2,038,750    17,268,136  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $442,056  $188,423  $35,108  $665,587  $7,586,707  $7,650,751   2,038,750   $17,276,208 

Cash collateral netting

  (40,713  (5,653  —      (46,366  —      —      —      —    

Counterparty netting

  (359,976  (182,462  (29,606  (572,044  —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $41,367  $308  $5,502  $47,177  $7,586,707  $7,650,751  $2,038,750  $17,276,208 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2)Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $756 billion and $1,136 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $448 million and $20 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

  Derivative Assets
at December 31, 2014
 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $3,947  $1,053  $—     $5,000  $44,324  $27,692  $—     $72,016 

Foreign exchange contracts

  498   6   —      504   9,362   261   —      9,623 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  4,445   1,059   —      5,504   53,686   27,953   —      81,639 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  281,214   211,552   407   493,173   4,854,953   9,187,454   1,467,056   15,509,463 

Credit contracts

  27,776   4,406   —      32,182   806,441   167,390   —      973,831 

Foreign exchange contracts

  72,362   152   83   72,597   1,955,343   11,538   9,663   1,976,544 

Equity contracts

  23,208   —      24,916   48,124   299,363   —      271,164   570,527 

Commodity contracts

  17,698   —      6,717   24,415   115,792   —      156,440   272,232 

Other

  376   —      —      376   5,179   —      —      5,179 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  422,634   216,110   32,123   670,867   8,037,071   9,366,382   1,904,323   19,307,776 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $427,079  $217,169  $32,123  $676,371  $8,090,757  $9,394,335  $1,904,323  $19,389,415 

Cash collateral netting

  (58,541  (4,654  —      (63,195  —      —      —      —    

Counterparty netting

  (338,041  (210,922  (27,819  (576,782  —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $30,497  $1,593  $4,304  $36,394  $8,090,757  $9,394,335  $1,904,323  $19,389,415 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 59 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  Derivative Liabilities
at December 31, 2014
 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $125  $99  $—     $224  $2,024  $7,588  $—     $9,612 

Foreign exchange contracts

  5   1   —      6   1,491   121   —      1,612 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  130   100   —      230   3,515   7,709   —      11,224 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  264,579   207,482   293   472,354   4,615,886   9,138,417   1,714,021   15,468,324 

Credit contracts

  28,165   3,944   —      32,109   714,181   154,054   —      868,235 

Foreign exchange contracts

  72,156   169   21   72,346   1,947,178   11,477   1,761   1,960,416 

Equity contracts

  30,061   —      25,511   55,572   339,884   —      302,205   642,089 

Commodity contracts

  14,740   —      6,783   21,523   93,019   —      132,136   225,155 

Other

  172   —      —      172   5,478   —      —      5,478 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  409,873   211,595   32,608   654,076   7,715,626   9,303,948   2,150,123   19,169,697 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $410,003  $211,695  $32,608  $654,306  $7,719,141  $9,311,657  $2,150,123  $19,180,921 

Cash collateral netting

  (37,054  (258  —      (37,312  —      —      —      —    

Counterparty netting

  (338,041  (210,922  (27,819  (576,782  —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $34,908  $515  $4,789  $40,212  $7,719,141  $9,311,657  $2,150,123  $19,180,921 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2)Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $685 billion and $1,122 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $472 million and $21 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $75.6 billion and $63.2 billion, respectively, and the amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $46.4 billion and $37.3 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $15 million and $17 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015 and $21 million and $30 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on interest rate derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges and the related hedged item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income:

 

   Gains (Losses) Recognized 
   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Product Type

      2015          2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives

  $758  $310 

Borrowings

   (493  (8
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $265  $302 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 60 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges:

 

   Gains (Losses) Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)
 
   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Product Type

      2015           2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange contracts(1)

  $262   $(67
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $262   $(67
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Losses of $44 million and $45 million related to the forward points on the hedging instruments were excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and recognized in interest income during the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following table summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges:

 

   Gains (Losses) Recognized in
Income(1)(2)
 
   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Product Type

      2015          2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate contracts

  $(1,718 $(1,534

Credit contracts

   (245  158 

Foreign exchange contracts

   1,101    1,017 

Equity contracts

   (1,066  75 

Commodity contracts

   597   525 

Other contracts

   (82  99 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

  $(1,413 $340 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Trading revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income.
(2)Gains (losses) associated with certain derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Trading revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income.

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $4 million and $10 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and a notional value of $2,069 million at both March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The Company recognized losses of $5 million and $10 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Company. At March 31, 2015, the aggregate fair value of OTC derivative contracts that contain

 

 61 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $29,291 million, for which the Company has posted collateral of $24,560 million, in the normal course of business. The additional collateral or termination payments which may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). At March 31, 2015, for such OTC trading agreements, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,610 million and an incremental $2,838 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $3,218 million at March 31, 2015 related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers.

The tables below summarize the notional and fair value of protection sold and protection purchased through credit default swaps at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
   Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
  Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps

  $487,250   $(3,914 $464,368   $3,149  

Index and basket credit default swaps

   265,574    (2,561  225,875    2,242  

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   88,653    (2,451  182,325    3,546  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $841,477   $(8,926 $872,568   $8,937  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   At December 31, 2014 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
   Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
  Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps

  $535,415   $(2,479 $509,872   $1,641 

Index and basket credit default swaps

   276,465    (1,777  229,789    1,563 

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   96,182    (2,355  194,343    3,334 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $908,062   $(6,611 $934,004   $6,538 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO 62 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The tables below summarize the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

  At March 31, 2015 
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
  Years to Maturity  

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total  
  (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

      

AAA

 $3,175  $13,475  $6,921  $2,481  $26,052  $(302

AA

  8,315   19,458   9,768   1,950   39,491   (494

A

  17,671   42,400   15,338   2,098   77,507   (1,337

BBB

  40,813   105,004   49,532   12,710   208,059   (2,694

Non-investment grade

  30,620   71,121   29,541   4,859   136,141   913 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  100,594   251,458   111,100   24,098   487,250   (3,914
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps:

      

AAA

  15,102   42,598   6,771   —      64,471   (1,240

AA

  —      500   —      —      500   (1

A

  4,873   5,270   13,279   67   23,489   (605

BBB

  15,278   31,064   35,237   26,319   107,898   (1,708

Non-investment grade

  25,055   78,768   32,001   22,045   157,869   (1,458
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  60,308   158,200   87,288   48,431   354,227   (5,012
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

 $160,902  $409,658  $198,388  $72,529  $841,477  $(8,926
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(3)(4)

 $45  $476  $—     $612  $1,133  $(930
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $160,947  $410,134  $198,388  $73,141  $842,610  $(9,856
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the term of the contracts.
(3)Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(4)Fair value amounts shown represent the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

 

 63 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

  At December 31, 2014 
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
  Years to Maturity  

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total  
  (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

      

AAA

 $2,385  $9,400  $6,147  $692  $18,624  $(113

AA

  9,080   23,701   14,769   3,318   50,868   (688

A

  22,861   52,291   22,083   2,944   100,179   (1,962

BBB

  48,547   114,384   60,629   13,536   237,096   (1,489

Non-investment grade

  29,857   66,066   29,011   3,714   128,648   1,773 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  112,730   265,842   132,639   24,204   535,415   (2,479
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps:

      

AAA

  17,625   31,124   7,265   1,883   57,897   (985

AA

  704   6,512   716   2,864   10,796   (270

A

  1,283   6,841   10,154   30   18,308   (465

BBB

  30,265   40,575   60,141   7,730   138,711   (2,904

Non-investment grade

  25,750   88,105   22,971   10,109   146,935   492 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  75,627   173,157   101,247   22,616   372,647   (4,132
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

 $188,357  $438,999  $233,886  $46,820  $908,062  $(6,611
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(3)(4)

 $51  $539  $1  $620  $1,211  $(500
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $188,408  $439,538  $233,887  $47,440  $909,273  $(7,111
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the term of the contracts.
(3)Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(4)Fair value amounts shown represent the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, a breakdown by credit ratings is provided. Agency ratings, if available, are used for this purpose; otherwise the Company’s internal ratings are used.

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default swap.

The Company also enters into tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

 

LOGO 64 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, a breakdown by the Company’s internal credit ratings is provided. Effective January 1, 2015, the Company utilized its internal credit ratings as compared with December 31, 2014 where external agency ratings, if available, were utilized. The change in the rating methodology did not have a significant impact on investment grade versus non-investment grade classifications or the fair values of tranched and non-tranched index and basket products in the above table.

Credit Protection Sold through CLNs and CDOs.    The Company has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

Purchased Credit Protection with Identical Underlying Reference Obligations.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $687 billion and $731 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $751 billion and $805 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

 

 65 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

11.Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, and mortgage lending at March 31, 2015 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

   Years to Maturity     
   Less
than 1
   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total at
March 31, 2015
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

  $307   $—     $—      $2   $309  

Investment activities

   500    76    21    450    1,047 

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)

   13,704    13,703    35,361    1,673    64,441 

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

   848    6,195    12,767    4,817    24,627 

Secondary lending commitments(2)

   10    27     55    29    121  

Commitments for secured lending transactions

   1,388    572     311     —       2,271  

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

   55,117    —       —       —       55,117 

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

   8    295     47     277     627  

Other lending commitments

   4,574    1,041    359    98    6,072 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $76,456   $21,909    $48,921    $7,346    $154,632 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Total amount includes $54.6 billion of investment grade and $13.2 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $8.3 billion of investment grade and $10.5 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at March 31, 2015. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Trading assets and Trading liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3).
(3)The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to March 31, 2015 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days of the trade date, and of the total amount at March 31, 2015, $47.4 billion settled within three business days.
(4)The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $0.5 billion.

For a further description of these commitments, refer to Note 13 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

The Company sponsors several non-consolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Company’s Directors, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its

 

LOGO 66 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

Guarantees.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements at March 31, 2015:

 

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
  Years to Maturity      

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total   
  (dollars in millions) 

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $160,902  $409,658  $198,388  $72,529  $841,477  $(8,926 $—    

Other credit contracts

  45   476   —      612   1,133   (930  —    

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

  1,316,421   759,963   289,756   524,644   2,890,784   92,059   —    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)

  700   1,200    973   6,177   9,050    (209  6,700 

Market value guarantees

  31   326   284   38   679   4   103 

Liquidity facilities

  2,811   —      —      —      2,811   (5  4,420 

Whole loan sales guarantees

  —      —      —      23,560   23,560   8   —    

Securitization representations and warranties

  —      —      —      64,550   64,550   97   —    

General partner guarantees

  72   32    17   380   501   71   —    

 

(1)Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 10.
(2)Approximately $2.2 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

For a further description of these guarantees, refer to Note 13 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others. The Company’s use of guarantees is described below by type of guarantee:

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.

 

  

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending such proceeds to the Company in

 

 67 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

 

exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts are special purpose entities and only the Parent provides a guarantee for the trust preferred securities. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders in accordance with the terms thereof. See Note 11 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

 

  

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

  

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse. The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

  

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Company’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO 68 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Contingencies.

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters. Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below any individual proceedings where the Company believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges

 

 69 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On July 18, 2011, the Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and certain affiliated companies filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Court of Common Pleas in Ohio, styled Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., et al. An amended complaint was filed on April 2, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of the certificates allegedly sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $153 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Ohio Securities Act, federal securities laws, and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. The Company filed its answer on August 17, 2012. The Company filed a motion for summary judgment on January 20, 2015. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in July 2015. At March 25, 2015, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $108 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $2 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $108 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey, styled The Prudential Insurance Company of America, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company is approximately $1.073 billion. The amended complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud, fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On April 26, 2013, the defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint. On January 2, 2015, the court denied defendants’ renewed motion to dismiss the amended complaint. At March 25, 2015, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $598 million, and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $598 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-4SL (together, the “Trust”) against the Company. The matter is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims

 

LOGO 70 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. On September 3, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $149 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 17, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. On September 26, 2013, and October 7, 2013, the Company and the plaintiffs, respectively, filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s August 16, 2013 decision. The plaintiff is seeking, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, plus pre- and post-interest, fees and costs.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Company styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. U.S. Bank filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On September 25, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $173 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Company. The complaint is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Company to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. On September 3, 2014, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $197 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

 

 71 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs in Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $694 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss. On August 4, 2014, claims regarding two certificates were dismissed by stipulation. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $644 million. On September 12, 2014, the Company filed a notice of appeal from the denial of the motion to dismiss. On January 12, 2015, the Company filed an amended answer to the complaint. At March 25, 2015, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $289 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $79 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $289 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses.

On September 23, 2013, the plaintiff in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”). The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to the plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $417 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the Texas Securities Act, and violations of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953 and seeks, among other things, rescissory and compensatory damages. On January 22, 2014 the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933 and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under Texas Securities Act and the Illinois Securities Law of 1953. On November 17, 2014, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint. On December 15, 2014, defendants answered the amended complaint. At March 25, 2015, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $204 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of $28 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $204 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I 2007-1, filed a complaint against the Company. The matter is styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC and is pending in the SDNY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. On April 17, 2015, the

 

LOGO 72 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Company filed its answer to the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $292 million, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

 

12.Regulatory Requirements.

Regulatory Capital Framework.    The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries MSBNA and MSPBNA (“U.S. Subsidiary Banks”). The U.S. banking regulators have comprehensively revised their risk-based and leverage capital framework to implement many aspects of the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee. The U.S. banking regulators’ revised capital framework is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” The Company and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks became subject to U.S. Basel III on January 1, 2014.

Calculation of Risk-Based Capital Ratios.    The Company is required to calculate and hold capital against credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”). RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. Credit risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. Market risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. Operational risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets).

On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced internal ratings-based approach for determining credit risk capital requirements and advanced measurement approaches for determining operational risk capital requirements to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014, subject to the “capital floor” discussed below (the “Advanced Approach”). As an Advanced Approach banking organization, the Company is required to compute risk-based capital ratios using both (i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit risk RWAs, an advanced measurement approach for calculating operational risk RWAs, and an advanced approach for calculating market risk RWAs under U.S. Basel III.

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approach banking organizations that have been approved by their regulators to exit the parallel run, such as the Company, to a permanent “capital floor.” Beginning on January 1, 2015, the Company’s binding risk-based capital ratios are the lower of the capital ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the Standardized Approach under U.S. Basel III. The U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach modifies certain U.S. Basel I-based methods for calculating RWAs and prescribes new standardized risk weights for certain types of assets and exposures. In 2014, as a result of the capital floor, an Advanced Approach banking organization’s binding risk-based capital ratios were the lower of its ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or U.S. banking regulators’ U.S. Basel I-based rules (“U.S. Basel I”) as supplemented by rules that implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”. The capital floor applies to the calculation of the minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer, the countercyclical capital buffer (if deployed by banking regulators), and, if adopted, the proposed global systemically important bank (“G-SIB”) buffer.

 

 73 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as U.S. Basel III’s revisions to the numerator and denominator are phased in and as the Company calculates RWAs using the Advanced Approach and the Standardized Approach. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’s capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

The Company’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios.    Beginning on January 1, 2015, the Company’s and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes are the lower of each ratio calculated using RWAs under the Advanced Approach or the Standardized Approach under U.S. Basel III, in both cases subject to transitional provisions. At March 31, 2015, the Company’s risk-based capital ratios were lower under the Advanced Approach transitional rules; however, the risk-based capital ratios for its U.S. Subsidiary Banks were lower under the Standardized Approach transitional rules.

The following table presents the Company’s capital measures under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules and the minimum regulatory capital ratios.

 

   At March 31, 2015  At December 31, 2014 
   Amount   Ratio  Minimum Regulatory
Capital Ratio(1)
  Amount   Ratio  Minimum Regulatory
Capital Ratio(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Regulatory capital and capital ratios:

         

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $57,342    13.1  4.5% $57,324    12.6%  4.0%

Tier 1 capital

   64,746    14.7  6.0%  64,182    14.1%  5.5%

Total capital

   76,924    17.5  8.0%  74,972    16.4%  8.0%

Tier 1 leverage

   —       7.8  4.0%  —       7.9%  4.0%

Assets:

         

RWAs

  $438,964    N/A    N/A   $456,008    N/A    N/A  

Adjusted average assets(2)

   827,054    N/A    N/A    810,524    N/A    N/A  

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

(1)Percentages represent minimum regulatory capital ratios under U.S. Basel III transitional rules.
(2)In accordance with U.S. Basel III, adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and were composed of the Company’s average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain financial equity investments and other adjustments.

The Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks.    The Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks are subject to similar regulatory capital requirements as the Company. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, each of the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

 

LOGO 74 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the capital information for MSBNA:

 

   At March 31, 2015  At December 31, 2014 
   U.S. Basel III
Transitional/

Standardized Approach
  Required
Capital Ratio(1)
  U.S. Basel III
Transitional/
Basel I + Basel 2.5 Approach
  Required
Capital Ratio(1)
 
       Amount           Ratio           Amount           Ratio      
   (dollars in millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $12,861    14.1  6.5 $12,355    12.2  6.5

Tier 1 capital

   12,861    14.1  8.0  12,355    12.2  8.0

Total capital

   14,572    16.0  10.0  14,040    13.9  10.0

Tier 1 leverage

   12,861    10.2  5.0  12,355    10.2  5.0

 

(1)Capital ratios required to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

The following table sets forth the capital information for MSPBNA:

 

   At March 31, 2015  At December 31, 2014 
   U.S. Basel III
Transitional/

Standardized Approach
  Required
Capital Ratio(1)
  U.S. Basel III
Transitional/
Basel I + Basel 2.5 Approach
  Required
Capital Ratio(1)
 
   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  
   (dollars in millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $2,821    22.3  6.5 $2,468    20.3  6.5

Tier 1 capital

   2,821    22.3  8.0  2,468    20.3  8.0

Total capital

   2,832    22.4  10.0  2,480    20.4  10.0

Tier 1 leverage

   2,821    10.0  5.0  2,468    9.4  5.0

 

(1)Capital ratios required to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain certain minimum capital ratios. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted for financial holding companies. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized requirements. The Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks maintained capital at levels sufficiently in excess of these “well capitalized” requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the U.S. federal banking regulators.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.    MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $6,530 million and $6,593 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $4,701 million and $4,928 million, respectively. MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

 

 75 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

MSSB LLC is a registered broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the CFTC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MSSB LLC’s net capital totaled $4,934 million and $4,620 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $4,778 million and $4,460 million, respectively.

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.    Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Company are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), a derivative products subsidiary rated A3 by Moody’s and AA- by S&P, maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moody’s and S&P. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

 

13.Total Equity

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

In March 2015, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to its 2015 capital plan. The capital plan included a share repurchase of up to $3.1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2015 through the end of the second quarter of 2016. Additionally, the capital plan included an increase in the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend to $0.15 per share from $0.10 per share, beginning with the dividend declared on April 20, 2015. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $250 million and $150 million, respectively, of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program.

The Company has sufficient authorization for the proposed share repurchases pursuant to the capital plan under its existing share repurchase program for capital management purposes. Pursuant to the share repurchase program, the Company considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the Company’s program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.

Preferred Stock.

Series J Preferred Stock.    On March 19, 2015, the Company issued 1,500,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $1,500 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, $0.01 par value (“Series J Preferred Stock”). The Series J Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on

 

LOGO 76 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2020 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series J Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series J Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $1,493 million.

For a description of preferred stock issuances, Series A through Series I, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K.

The Company is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock, and the Company’s preferred stock outstanding consisted of the following (in millions, except per share data):

 

           Carrying Value 
   Shares
Outstanding
at March  31,
2015
   Liquidation
Preference
per Share
   At
March 31,
2015
   At
December 31,
2014
 

A

   44,000   $25,000   $1,100   $1,100 

C

   519,882    1,000    408    408 

E

   34,500    25,000    862    862 

F

   34,000    25,000    850    850 

G

   20,000    25,000    500    500 

H

   52,000    25,000    1,300    1,300 

I

   40,000    25,000    1,000    1,000 

J

   60,000    25,000    1,500    —   
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $7,520   $6,020 
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, dividends declared on the Company’s outstanding preferred stock were $78 million and $54 million, respectively.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The following tables present changes in AOCI by component, net of noncontrolling interests, in the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollars in millions):

 

   Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
  Net Change
in
Cash Flow
Hedges
   Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
  Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
  Total 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $(663 $3   $(73 $(515 $(1,248
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

   (220  —      215   —     (5

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

   —     1    (15  1   (13
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income during the period

   (220  1    200   1   (18
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $(883 $4   $127  $(514 $(1,266
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 77 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

   Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
  Net Change
in
Cash Flow
Hedges
  Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
  Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
  Total 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $(266 $(1 $(282 $(544 $(1,093
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

   48   —     78   —     126 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

   —     1   (4  2   (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income during the period

   48   1   74   2   125 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

  $(218 $—    $(208 $(542 $(968
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests were $1,304 million and $1,204 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests were not significant in the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

 

LOGO 78 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

14. Earnings per Common Share.

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K). The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015          2014     

Basic EPS:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $2,468  $1,585 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (5  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   2,463   1,584 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   69   79 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   2,394   1,505 

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

   (11  (11

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

   (13  (13

Less: Preferred dividends (Series E Preferred Stock)

   (15  (15

Less: Preferred dividends (Series F Preferred Stock)

   (15  (15

Less: Preferred dividends (Series G Preferred Stock)

   (8  —   

Less: Preferred dividends (Series I Preferred Stock)

   (16  —   

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs(1):

   

From continuing operations

   (2  (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,314  $1,449 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,924   1,924 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $1.21  $0.75 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

  $1.20  $0.75 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

   

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,314  $1,449 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,924   1,924 

Effect of dilutive securities:

   

Stock options and RSUs(1)

   39   45 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,963   1,969 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $1.18  $0.74 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

  $1.18  $0.74 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)RSUs that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

 

 79 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:  2015   2014 
   (shares in millions) 

RSUs and performance-based stock units

   1    16 

Stock options

   11    13 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   12    29 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

15.Interest Income and Interest Expense.

Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2015  2014 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest income(1):

   

Trading assets(2)

  $594  $514 

Investment securities

   201   138 

Loans

   474   355 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   22   38 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(3)

   (104  (9

Customer receivables and Other(4)

   297   307 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest income

  $1,484  $1,343 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense(1):

   

Deposits

  $18  $23 

Short-term borrowings

   4   —   

Long-term borrowings

   926   932 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5)

   308   326 

Customer payables and Other(6)

   (368  (246
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

  $888  $1,035 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

  $596  $308 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Interest income and expense are recorded within the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.
(2)Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction to Interest income on Trading assets.
(3)Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.
(4)Includes interest from Customer receivables and Other interest earning assets.
(5)Includes fees received on Securities loaned.
(6)Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

LOGO 80 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

16.Employee Benefit Plans.

The Company sponsors various pension plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

The components of the Company’s net periodic benefit expense for its pension and postretirement plans were as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2015  2014 
   (dollars in millions) 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

  $5  $6 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

   39   40 

Expected return on plan assets

   (30  (28

Net amortization of prior service cost (credit)

   (5  (3

Net amortization of actuarial loss

   6   6 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense

  $15  $21 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

17.Income Taxes.

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), and in states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. The Company is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2009 – 2012 and 2007 – 2009, respectively. The Company is currently under review by the IRS Appeals Office for the remaining issues covering tax years 1999 – 2005 and has substantially completed the IRS field examination for the audit of tax years 2006 – 2008. During 2015, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company believes that the resolution of these tax matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs. The Company has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months related to certain tax authority examinations referred to above. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and impact on the Company’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 included a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million. This net discrete tax benefit was primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to

 

 81 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

simplify the Company’s legal entity organization in the U.K. Excluding the net discrete tax benefit noted above, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 would have been 33.3%, reflecting the geographic mix of earnings. The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 was 33.1%.

18. Segment and Geographic Information.

Segment Information.

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective business segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular business segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each business segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment to the Company’s Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

Selected financial information for the Company’s business segments is presented below:

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(1)

 $5,546  $3,145  $674  $(54 $9,311 

Interest income

  870   737   1   (124  1,484 

Interest expense

  958   48   6   (124  888 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

  (88  689   (5  —      596 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

 $5,458  $3,834  $669  $(54 $9,907 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $1,813  $855  $187  $—     $2,855 

Provision for income taxes(2)

  6   320   61   —      387 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

  1,807   535   126   —      2,468 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

  (8  —      —      —      (8

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (3  —      —      —      (3
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (5  —      —      —      (5
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  1,802   535   126   —      2,463 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  52   —      17   —      69 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,750  $535  $109  $—     $2,394 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 82 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management(3)
  Investment
Management(3)
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(1)

 $4,902  $3,071  $756  $(41 $8,688 

Interest income

  881   581   1   (120  1,343 

Interest expense

  1,106   43   5   (119  1,035 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

  (225  538   (4  (1  308 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

 $4,677  $3,609  $752  $(42 $8,996 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $1,416  $686  $268  $—     $2,370 

Provision for income taxes

  426   265   94   —      785 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

  990   421   174   —      1,585 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

  (3  —      1   —      (2

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (1  —      —      —      (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (2  —      1   —      (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  988   421   175   —      1,584 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  25   —      54   —      79 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $963  $421  $121  $—     $1,505 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. The amount of cumulative performance-based fee revenue at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $670 million at March 31, 2015 and approximately $634 million at December 31, 2014 (see Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the 2014 Form 10-K).
(2)The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 included a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million (within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment) (see Note 17).
(3)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

Total Assets(1)

  Institutional
Securities
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

At March 31, 2015

  $658,933   $164,230   $5,936   $829,099 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

  $630,341   $165,147   $6,022   $801,510 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.

Geographic Information.

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through European and Asia-Pacific locations. The net revenues disclosed in

 

 83 LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

 

  

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

 

  

Wealth Management: wealth management representatives operate in the Americas.

 

  

Investment Management: client location, except for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses, which are based on asset location.

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Net Revenues

      2015           2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $6,930   $6,582 

EMEA

   1,762    1,422 

Asia-Pacific

   1,215    992 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $9,907   $8,996 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

19.Equity Method Investments.

The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1) of $3,302 million and $3,332 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, included in Other investments in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Income from equity method investments was $38 million and $56 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is included in Other revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income. Income from the Company’s equity method investments for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was primarily related to the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”), as described below.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.

The Company holds a 40% voting interest and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS. The Company accounts for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment. During the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded income of $69 million and $58 million, respectively, within Other revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS.

 

20.Subsequent Events.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in its condensed consolidated financial statements through the date of this report, and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events, not otherwise reported in these condensed consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, except for the following:

Common Stock Dividend.

On April 20, 2015, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.15. The dividend is payable on May 15, 2015 to common shareholders of record on April 30, 2015 (see Note 13).

 

LOGO 84 


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Long-Term Borrowings.

Subsequent to March 31, 2015 and through April 30, 2015, the Company’s long-term borrowings decreased by approximately $0.1 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on April 23, 2015.

Capital Trusts.

On April 27, 2015, the Company announced that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI will redeem all of the issued and outstanding $862.5 million aggregate liquidation amount of its 6.60% Capital Securities on May 27, 2015, and that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII will redeem all of the issued and outstanding $1,100 million aggregate liquidation amount of its 6.60% Capital Securities on May 12, 2015.

 

 85 LOGO


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2015, the related condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows and changes in total equity for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2014, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated March 2, 2015, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2014 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

May 4, 2015

 

 86 


Table of Contents
Item 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Introduction.

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

A brief summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides financial advisory and capital-raising services, including: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; and retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

Investment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including: the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, currency, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets and energy markets; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary), and legal and regulatory actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices (including oil prices), interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’s acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements; the Company’s reputation and the general perception of the financial services industry; inflation, natural disasters, pandemics and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management policies; technological changes and risks and cybersecurity risks (including cyber attacks and business continuity risks); or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to the Company’s businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “2014 Form 10-K”) and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

 

 87 LOGO


Table of Contents

The discussion of the Company’s results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item  1A of the 2014 Form 10-K and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Executive Summary.

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts).

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015          2014     

Net revenues:

   

Institutional Securities

  $5,458  $4,677 

Wealth Management(1)

   3,834   3,609 

Investment Management(1)

   669   752 

Intersegment Eliminations

   (54  (42
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated net revenues

  $9,907  $8,996 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $2,463  $1,584 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   69   79 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,394  $1,505 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

   

Institutional Securities

  $1,755  $965 

Wealth Management(1)

   535   421 

Investment Management(1)

   109   120 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,399  $1,506 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

   (5  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,394  $1,505 

Preferred stock dividend and other

   80   56 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,314  $1,449 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $1.21  $0.75 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share(3)

  $1.20  $0.75 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $1.18  $0.74 

Income from discontinued operations

   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share(3)

  $1.18  $0.74 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Regional net revenues(4):

   

Americas

  $6,930  $6,582 

EMEA

   1,762   1,422 

Asia-Pacific

   1,215   992 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $9,907  $8,996 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations

   13.6%  33.1%

 

LOGO 88 


Table of Contents

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

 

   At
March 31,  2015
  At
December 31,  2014
 

Total loans(5)

  $68,703  $66,577 

Total assets

  $829,099  $801,510 

U.S. Subsidiary Banks loans(5)(6)

  $63,564  $59,622 

U.S. Subsidiary Banks assets(6)

  $153,629  $151,157 

Total deposits

  $135,815  $133,544 

Long-term borrowings

  $155,545  $152,772 

Maturities of long-term borrowings outstanding (next 12 months)

  $24,229  $20,740 

Worldwide employees

   56,087   55,802 

Book value per common share(7)

  $33.80  $33.25 

Global Liquidity Reserve managed by bank and non-bank legal entities (dollars in billions)(8)

  $195  $193 

Capital ratios(9):

   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

   13.1  12.6

Tier 1 capital ratio

   14.7  14.1

Total capital ratio

   17.5  16.4

Tier 1 leverage ratio(10)

   7.8  7.9

Consolidated assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(1)(11):

   

Investment Management(12)

  $406  $403 

Wealth Management

   797   778 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,203  $1,181 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Three Months Ended March 31, 
       2015          2014     

Pre-tax profit margin(13):

   

Institutional Securities

   33  30

Wealth Management

   22  19

Investment Management

   28  36

Consolidated

   29  26

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(14):

   

Institutional Securities

  $37.0  $30.8 

Wealth Management

   10.3   11.3 

Investment Management

   2.3   2.6 

Parent capital

   16.0   18.6 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated average common equity

  $65.6  $63.3 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Return on average common equity from continuing operations(15):

   

Institutional Securities

   18.7  12.2

Wealth Management

   18.9  14.0

Investment Management

   19.4  18.6

Consolidated

   14.2  9.2

Average tangible common equity (dollars in billions)(16)

  $55.9  $53.4 

Return on average tangible common equity from continuing operations(17)

   16.6  10.9

Average Global Liquidity Reserve managed by bank and non-bank legal entities (dollars in billions)(8)(18):

   

Bank legal entities

  $87  $90 

Non-bank legal entities

   109   110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total average Global Liquidity Reserve

  $196  $200 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 89 LOGO


Table of Contents
   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015          2014     

Selected management financial measures:

  

Net revenues, excluding DVA(19)

  $9,782  $8,870 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA(19)

  $2,319  $1,431 

Income per diluted common share from continuing operations, excluding DVA(19)

  $1.14  $0.70 

Return on average common equity from continuing operations, excluding DVA(15)

   13.5  8.5

Return on average tangible common equity from continuing operations, excluding DVA(17)

   15.8  10.1

 

   At
March 31,  2015
   At
December 31,  2014
 

Tangible book value per common share(20)

  $28.91   $28.26 

 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa.

DVA—Debt Valuation Adjustment represents the change in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from the fluctuation in the Company’s credit spreads and other credit factors.

(1)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current quarter’s presentation.
(2)See Notes 2, 3 and 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K and Note 13 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information on nonredeemable noncontrolling interests.
(3)For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 14 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(4)Regional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis. For a further discussion regarding the geographic methodology for net revenues, see Note 18 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.
(5)Amounts include loans held for investment and loans held for sale and exclude loans at fair value which are included in Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 7 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).
(6)Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) represent the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries (“U.S. Subsidiary Banks”) and amounts exclude transactions with affiliated entities.
(7)Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $66,642 million at March 31, 2015 and $64,880 million at December 31, 2014 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,971 million at March 31, 2015 and 1,951 million at December 31, 2014.
(8)Global Liquidity Reserve, which is managed by the Company’s bank and non-bank legal entities, is composed of highly liquid and diversified cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered securities. Eligible unencumbered securities include U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-U.S. government securities and other highly liquid investment-grade securities. For a discussion of Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.
(9)The Company calculates its applicable risk-based capital ratios and risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). For a further discussion of the Company’s methods for calculating its risk-based capital ratios and RWAs, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
(10)Tier 1 leverage ratio equals Tier 1 capital (calculated under U.S. Basel III Transitional rules) divided by the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain financial equity investments and other adjustments at March 31, 2015.
(11)Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments.
(12)Amounts exclude the Company’s Investment Management business segment’s proportionate share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake and assets for which fees are not generated.
(13)Pre-tax profit margin is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance. Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
(14)The computation of average common equity for each business segment is determined using the Company’s Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Required Capital” herein). Average common equity for each business segment is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy.

 

LOGO 90 


Table of Contents
(15)The calculation of the return on average common equity from continuing operations uses income from continuing operations applicable to the Company less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The annualized return on average common equity from continuing operations and annualized return on average common equity from continuing operations, excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefit, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for investors to allow better comparability of period-to-period operating performance. To determine the return on average common equity from continuing operations, excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefit, both the numerator and denominator were adjusted to exclude those items. The calculation of each business segment’s return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of each business segment’s average common equity. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segments’ return on average common equity were determined on a separate legal entity basis.

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2015   2014  

Reconciliation of return on average common equity from continuing operations, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefit to return on average common equity from continuing operations:

   

Return on average common equity from continuing operations, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefit

   10.1  8.5

Net discrete tax benefit

   3.4  N/A  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Return on average common equity from continuing operations, excluding DVA

   13.5  8.5

DVA impact

   0.7  0.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Return on average common equity from continuing operations

   14.2  9.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

(16)Average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” herein.
(17)Annualized return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy. The calculation of return on average tangible common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average tangible common equity. To determine the return on average tangible common equity, excluding the impact of DVA, also a non-GAAP financial measure, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. The impact of DVA for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was 0.8% in both periods.
(18)The Company calculates the average Global Liquidity Reserve based upon daily amounts.
(19)From time to time, the Company may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in the course of its earnings releases, earnings conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) defines a “non-GAAP financial measure” as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial positions, or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts or is subject to adjustments that effectively exclude, or include, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by the Company are provided as additional information to investors in order to provide them with further transparency about, or as an alternative method for assessing, the Company’s financial condition and operating results. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP, and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever the Company refers to a non-GAAP financial measure, the Company will also generally present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure and the U.S. GAAP financial measure.

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015           2014     

Reconciliation of selected management financial measures from a non-GAAP to a U.S. GAAP basis(dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

    

Net revenues

    

Net revenues—non-GAAP

  $9,782   $8,870 

Impact of DVA

   125    126 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues—U.S. GAAP

  $9,907   $8,996 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

    

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP

  $2,319   $1,431 

Impact of DVA

   80    75 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—U.S. GAAP

  $2,399   $1,506 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

    

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—non-GAAP

  $1.14   $0.70 

Impact of DVA

   0.04    0.04 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—U.S. GAAP

  $1.18   $0.74 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 91 LOGO


Table of Contents
   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2015      2014    

Reconciliation of effective income tax rate from continuing operations financial measures from a non-GAAPto a U.S. GAAP basis:

   

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations—non-GAAP

   33.3  33.1

Net discrete tax benefit

   19.7  N/A  

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations—U.S. GAAP

   13.6  33.1

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

(20)Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity of $56,985 million at March 31, 2015 and $55,138 million at December 31, 2014 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,971 million at March 31, 2015 and 1,951 million at December 31, 2014. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy.

Global Market and Economic Conditions.

Global growth decelerated in the first quarter of 2015, as slower domestic demand growth in the U.S. and in major emerging market economies was partly offset by indications of improving growth in Europe and Japan, a divergence consistent with relative regional equity market performance. Much lower energy prices also resulted in much lower inflation in much of the world. Central banks globally have responded with over 30 additional easing measures since the start of 2015, including the central banks of Switzerland, Sweden, and Denmark moving to negative central bank policy rates to join the European Central Bank (“ECB”).

In the U.S., real gross domestic product (“GDP”) grew by 0.2% on an annualized basis during the first quarter of 2015. Retail sales growth was sluggish despite a large boost to real spending power from lower gasoline prices, resulting in a rise in the personal savings rate. In addition, a stronger dollar contributed to weaker exports in 2015. Temporary impacts from harsh winter weather and congestion at major West Coast ports also contributed to slower U.S. GDP growth. The unemployment rate was 5.5% at the end of the first quarter of 2015 compared with 5.6% at the end of 2014. Household spending growth moderated, while business investment also showed signs of sluggishness from reduced investments in the oil and gas industry due to lower energy prices. Major equity market indices except for the Dow Jones Industrial Average ended the first quarter of 2015 higher compared with year-end 2014, with the S&P 500 stock index posting a gain of 0.4%, while the NASDAQ Composite index posting a gain of approximately 3.5%. At its March 2015 meeting, the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve maintained that it continues to see the risks to the outlook for economic activity and the labor market as nearly balanced and anticipates that it will be appropriate to raise the target range for the federal funds rate when it has seen further improvement in the labor market and is reasonably confident that inflation will move back to its 2% objective over the medium term. At March 31, 2015, the federal funds target rate remained between 0.00% and 0.25%, while the discount rate remained at 0.75%, unchanged from December 31, 2014.

In Europe, indications of improving growth in GDP during the first quarter of 2015 were supported by a weaker euro, quantitative easing measures carried out by the ECB and lower energy prices. In March 2015, the ECB began its previously announced expanded asset purchase program involving the purchase of Euro-area sovereign debt. European major equity market indices were higher at the end of the first quarter of 2015 compared with year-end 2014, with the DAX 30 index in Germany and the CAC 40 index in France posting gains of 22% and 18%, respectively. At March 31, 2015, the Euro-area benchmark repurchase rate remained at 0.05% while the deposit facility rate remained at negative 0.20% both unchanged from December 31, 2014. In the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), GDP grew by 0.3% during the first quarter of 2015 reflecting increased consumer spending. The U.K. also continued to experience a significant decline in the unemployment rate, while average wage gains have also remained tepid, and inflation remained below the Bank of England’s (“BOE”) target. At March 31, 2015, the BOE’s benchmark interest rate was 0.5%, which was unchanged from December 31, 2014, and BOE asset purchases remained at £375 billion, also unchanged from December 31, 2014.

In Japan, a decision to delay a further sales tax hike, a second round of quantitative easing by the Bank of Japan, and reforms of corporate taxes and agriculture policy supported positive growth momentum in the first quarter of

 

LOGO 92 


Table of Contents

2015. In China, weaker momentum in domestic demand despite a notable improvement in export growth, while substantially negative producer prices, showed entrenched deflationary pressures. The People’s Bank of China lowered its deposit and lending rates 25 basis points each to 2.50% and 5.35%, respectively, effective March 1, 2015. The Chinese government continued reforms to change the structure of the Chinese economy with targeted easing measures by its central bank. The Chinese government also pursued growth rebalancing measures via encouraging consumption and pursuing structural reforms to boost productivity growth, which helped support a 7.0% gain in real GDP during the first quarter of 2015. Major equity market indices in Asia ended the first quarter of 2015 higher compared with year-end 2014, with the Japanese and Chinese equity markets both higher by more than 10%. In April 2015, the People’s Bank of China lowered its capital reserve-requirement ratio by 1.0% to 18.5%.

Overview of the Quarter Ended March 31, 2015 Financial Results.

Consolidated Results.    The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $2,394 million on net revenues of $9,907 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 (“current quarter”) compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $1,505 million on net revenues of $8,996 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 (“prior year quarter”).

Net revenues in the current quarter included positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $125 million compared with positive revenues of $126 million in the prior year quarter. Non-interest expenses were $7,052 million in the current quarter compared with $6,626 million in the prior year quarter. Compensation expenses increased 5% to $4,524 million in the current quarter compared with $4,306 million in the prior year quarter. Non-compensation expenses increased 9% to $2,528 million in the current quarter compared with $2,320 million in the prior year quarter.

Both diluted EPS and diluted EPS from continuing operations were $1.18 in the current quarter compared with $0.74 in the prior year quarter.

Excluding the impact of DVA, net revenues were $9,782 million and diluted EPS from continuing operations were $1.14 per share in the current quarter compared with $8,870 million and $0.70 per share, respectively, in the prior year quarter. The presentation of net revenues excluding the impact of DVA is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 13.6% and 33.1% for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The results for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 included a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million. Excluding this net discrete tax benefit, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 would have been 33.3%, reflecting the geographic mix of earnings. For a discussion of the net discrete tax benefit, see “Other Matters—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Institutional Securities.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $1,813 million in the current quarter compared with $1,416 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues for the current quarter were $5,458 million compared with $4,677 million in the prior year quarter. The results in the current quarter included positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $125 million compared with positive revenues of $126 million in the prior year quarter. Investment banking revenues increased 3% from the prior year quarter to $1,173 million in the current quarter, as an increase in advisory revenues was partially offset by a decrease in underwriting revenues. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased 33% from the prior year quarter to $2,268 million in the current quarter, reflecting strong results across derivatives, prime brokerage and cash equities products as well as across regions. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased 15% from the prior year quarter to $1,903 million in the current quarter, primarily reflecting higher fixed income product net revenues. Non-interest expenses increased 12% from $3,261 million in the prior year quarter to $3,645 million in the current quarter, reflecting higher non-compensation expenses related to higher legal costs and volume driven expenses and higher compensation expenses related to higher revenues.

 

 93 LOGO


Table of Contents

Wealth Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $855 million in the current quarter compared with $686 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues were $3,834 million in the current quarter compared with $3,609 million in the prior year quarter. Transactional revenues, consisting of Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees, decreased 5% from the prior year quarter to $950 million in the current quarter, reflecting lower Trading revenues and a decrease in Commissions and fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 5% from the prior year quarter to $2,115 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program, reflecting the ongoing transfer of deposits to the Company from Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”). Net interest increased 28% from the prior year quarter to $689 million in the current quarter, primarily due to higher balances in the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments in Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) securities-based lending products. Non-interest expenses increased 2% from $2,923 million in the prior year quarter to $2,979 million in the current quarter primarily due to higher compensation expenses. Total client asset balances were $2,047 billion and total client liability balances were $54 billion at March 31, 2015. Balances in the bank deposit program were $135 billion at March 31, 2015, which included deposits held by Company-affiliated Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured depository institutions of $130 billion at March 31, 2015. Client assets in fee-based accounts were $803 billion, or 39% of total client assets, at March 31, 2015. Fee-based client asset flows for the current quarter were $13.3 billion compared with $19.0 billion in the prior year quarter.

Investment Management.    Income from continuing operations before taxes was $187 million in the current quarter compared with $268 million in the prior year quarter. Net revenues were $669 million in the current quarter compared with $752 million in the prior year quarter. The decrease in net revenues was primarily related to lower net investment gains and lower revenues in the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing business due to the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2014. Non-interest expenses of $482 million in the current quarter were essentially unchanged from the prior year quarter.

 

LOGO 94 


Table of Contents

Business Segments.

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment to the Company’s Wealth Management business segment related to the bank deposit program.

Net Revenues.

Trading.    Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as a market maker as well as gains and losses on the Company’s related positions. Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from sales of cash instruments and derivative settlements, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s positions related to market-making activities, and gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from the purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in this line item since they relate to market-making positions. Commissions received for purchasing and selling listed equity securities and options are recorded separately in the Commissions and fees line item. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associated with them, and fees for related services are recorded in Commissions and fees.

The Company often invests in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits. Compensation expense is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. Generally, changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in fair value of the referenced investment will be offset by changes in fair value of the investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

As a market maker, the Company stands ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and to provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. The Company’s liquidity obligations can be explicit and obligatory in some cases, and in others, customers expect the Company to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill its market-making function, the Company engages in activities across all of its trading businesses that include, but are not limited to: (i) taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time; (ii) managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks; (iii) building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory, through trades with other market participants, and engaging in accumulation activities to accommodate anticipated customer demand; (iv) trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and (v) engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets. Although not included in Trading revenues, interest income and interest expense are also impacted by market-making activities as debt securities held by the Company earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreement to repurchase and purchased with agreement to resell.

 

 95 LOGO


Table of Contents

Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions. In some cases, such investments are required or are a necessary part of offering other products. The revenues recorded are the result of realized gains and losses from sales and unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s holdings as well as from investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments. The sales restrictions on the investments relate primarily to redemption and withdrawal restrictions on investments in real estate funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans (see Note 3 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). Restrictions on interests in exchanges and clearinghouses generally include a requirement to hold those interests for the period of time that the Company is clearing trades on that exchange or clearinghouse. Additionally, there are certain investments related to assets held by consolidated real estate funds, which are primarily related to holders of noncontrolling interests.

Commissions and Fees.    Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets, account services and administration, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, separately managed accounts, shareholder servicing and the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment also include revenues from individual investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management. Mutual fund distribution fees in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

Asset management fees in the Company’s Investment Management business segment arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees in the Company’s Investment Management business segment are earned on certain funds as a percentage of appreciation earned by those funds and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including Trading assets and Trading liabilities; Investment securities, which include available for sale (“AFS”) securities and held to maturity (“HTM”) securities; Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell; Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase; Loans; Deposits; Short-term borrowings; Long-term borrowings; trading strategies; customer activity in the Company’s prime brokerage business; and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) and Securities borrowed and Securities loaned transactions may be entered into with different customers using the same underlying securities, thereby generating a spread between the interest income on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

 

LOGO 96 


Table of Contents

Compensation Expense.

The Company’s compensation and benefits expense includes accruals for base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments, and other items such as health and welfare benefits. The factors that drive compensation for the Company’s employees vary from quarter to quarter, segment to segment and within a segment. For certain revenue-producing employees in the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, compensation is largely paid on the basis of formulaic payouts that link their compensation to revenues. Compensation for certain employees, including revenue-producing employees in the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment, may also include incentive compensation that is determined following the assessment of the Company, business unit and individual performance. Compensation for the Company’s remaining employees is largely fixed in nature (e.g., base salary, benefits, etc.).

 

 97 LOGO


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015          2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

   

Investment banking

  $1,173  $1,136 

Trading

   3,422   2,707 

Investments

   112   109 

Commissions and fees

   673   678 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   76   81 

Other

   90   191 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   5,546   4,902 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   870   881 

Interest expense

   958   1,106 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (88  (225
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   5,458   4,677 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   2,026   1,853 

Non-compensation expenses

   1,619   1,408 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   3,645   3,261 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,813   1,416 

Provision for income taxes

   6   426 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1,807   990 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

   (8  (3

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (3  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (losses) from discontinued operations

   (5  (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   1,802   988 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   52   25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,750  $963 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $1,755  $965 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (5  (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,750  $963 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 98 


Table of Contents

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Investment banking revenues were as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015           2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Advisory revenues

  $471   $336 

Underwriting revenues:

    

Equity underwriting revenues

   307    315 

Fixed income underwriting revenues

   395    485 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total underwriting revenues

   702    800 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment banking revenues

  $1,173   $1,136 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s volumes of announced and completed mergers and acquisitions, equity and equity-related offerings, and fixed income offerings:

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015(1)           2014(1)     
   (dollars in billions) 

Announced mergers and acquisitions(2)

  $134   $257 

Completed mergers and acquisitions(2)

   124    205 

Equity and equity-related offerings(3)

   19    16 

Fixed income offerings(4)

   78    66 

 

(1)Source: Thomson Reuters, data at April 16, 2015. Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.
(2)Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more. Announced mergers and acquisitions exclude terminated transactions.
(3)Amounts include Rule 144A and public common stock, convertible and rights offerings.
(4)Amounts include non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt. Amounts also include publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Amounts exclude leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment banking revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased 3% from the comparable period of 2014, as an increase in advisory revenues was partially offset by a decrease in underwriting revenues. Advisory revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions (“M&A”) were $471 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015, an increase of 40% from the comparable period of 2014, reflecting increased M&A activity in the Americas and EMEA. Industry-wide announced M&A volume and deal activity for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased globally from the comparable period of 2014. Overall, underwriting revenues of $702 million decreased 12% from the comparable period of 2014. Equity underwriting revenues decreased 3% to $307 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 as initial public offering activity decreased. Fixed income underwriting revenues of $395 million decreased 19% from the comparable period of 2014, primarily driven by lower loan volumes.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.    Sales and trading net revenues are composed of Trading revenues; Commissions and fees; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interest income (expenses). See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of the above-referenced components of sales and trading revenues. In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views these net revenues in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to trading are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of

 

 99 LOGO


Table of Contents

transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses. See Note 10 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information related to gains (losses) on derivative instruments.

Sales and trading net revenues were as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015          2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Trading

  $3,422  $2,707 

Commissions and fees

   673   678 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   76   81 

Net interest

   (88  (225
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $4,083  $3,241 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Sales and trading net revenues by business were as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015          2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Equity

  $2,293  $1,755 

Fixed income and commodities

   2,003   1,730 

Other(1)

   (213  (244
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $4,083  $3,241 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include net losses associated with costs related to the amount of liquidity held (“negative carry”), net gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term borrowings, and revenues from corporate loans and lending commitments.

The following sales and trading net revenues results exclude the impact of DVA. The reconciliation of sales and trading, including equity sales and trading and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues, from a non-GAAP to a GAAP basis is as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015           2014     
   (dollars in millions) 

Total sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(1)

  $3,958   $3,115 

Impact of DVA

   125    126 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $4,083   $3,241 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(1)

  $2,268   $1,705 

Impact of DVA

   25    50 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues

  $2,293   $1,755 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(1)

  $1,903   $1,654 

Impact of DVA

   100    76 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

  $2,003   $1,730 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Sales and trading net revenues, including equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues that exclude the impact of DVA, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

 

LOGO 100 


Table of Contents

Total sales and trading net revenues increased to $4,083 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from $3,241 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

Equity.    Equity sales and trading net revenues increased 31% to $2,293 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period in 2014. Equity sales and trading net revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 included positive revenues of $25 million due to the impact of DVA compared with positive revenues of $50 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, increased 33% to $2,268 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period in 2014, reflecting strong results across derivatives, prime brokerage and cash equities products as well as across regions. The increase in cash equities and derivatives reflected favorable market conditions including increased index rebalance activity and electronic market making activities. Higher client balances primarily drove the increase in prime brokerage results.

Fixed Income and Commodities.    Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased 16% to $2,003 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from $1,730 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. Results for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 included positive revenues of $100 million due to the impact of DVA compared with positive revenues of $76 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased 15% to $1,903 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from $1,654 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 primarily reflecting higher fixed income product net revenues. Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased 22% from the comparable period of 2014 as higher results in interest rate and foreign exchange products, which reflected increased levels of client activity, were partially offset by lower results in credit products. Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased 2% from the comparable period of 2014, primarily reflecting higher levels of client demand for structured transactions in natural gas and power and increased volatility in oil liquid markets partially offset by the absence of revenues from TransMontaigne Inc., which was sold on July 1, 2014.

Other.    For the quarter ended March 31, 2015, other sales and trading recognized negative net revenues of $213 million compared with negative net revenues of $244 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. Results in both periods included losses related to negative carry and losses on economic hedges and other costs related to the Company’s long-term borrowings. Results in both periods also included net revenues from corporate loans and lending commitments, which were $53 million and $45 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Other.    Other revenues were $90 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 and compared with $191 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014. The results for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 included income of $69 million, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. compared with income of $58 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 (see Note 19 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). The results for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 also included the sale of property related to TransMontaigne Inc., as well as a gain on sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc. of approximately $45 million (see Note 1 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased 12% from the comparable period of 2014. The increase was driven by increases in both non-compensation and compensation expenses. Non-compensation expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased 15% from the comparable period of 2014 as higher legal expense and higher brokerage, clearing and exchange fees driven by increased levels of client activity were partially offset by lower occupancy expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses for quarter ended March 31, 2015 increased 9% from the comparable period of 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in discretionary incentive compensation due to higher revenues and the reduction of average deferral rates for discretionary incentive based awards, partially offset by a decrease in amortization due to accelerated vesting of certain awards during the fourth quarter of 2014.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests primarily relate to Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.’s interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (see Note 19 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

 101 LOGO


Table of Contents

WEALTH MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015           2014(1)     
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

  $192   $181 

Trading

   232    275 

Investments

   2    4 

Commissions and fees

   526    540 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   2,115    2,008 

Other

   78    63 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   3,145    3,071 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

   737    581 

Interest expense

   48    43 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   689    538 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   3,834    3,609 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   2,225    2,167 

Non-compensation expenses

   754    756 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   2,979    2,923 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   855    686 

Provision for income taxes

   320    265 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   535    421 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   535    421 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $535   $421 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

LOGO 102 


Table of Contents

Statistical Data (dollars in billions, except where noted).

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
   2015  2014(1) 

Annual revenues per representative (dollars in thousands)(2)

  $959  $878 

Client assets per representative (dollars in millions)(3)

  $129  $118 

Fee-based asset flows(4)

  $13.3  $19.0 
   At
March 31,
2015
  At
December 31,
2014
 

Client assets

  $2,047  $2,025 

Fee-based client assets(5)

  $803  $785 

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets(5)

   39  39

Client liabilities

  $54  $51 

Bank deposit program(6)

  $135  $137 

Wealth Management U.S. Subsidiary Banks data(7):

   

Investment securities portfolio

  $58.3  $57.3 

Loans and lending commitments

  $44.9  $42.7 

Wealth Management representatives

   15,915   16,076 

Retail locations

   621   622 

 

(1)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation.
(2)Annualized revenues per representative for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 equal the Company’s Wealth Management business segment’s annualized revenues divided by the average representative headcount for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(3)Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.
(4)Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude cash management-related activity.
(5)Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.
(6)Balances in the bank deposit program included deposits held by the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks of $130 billion and $128 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, with the remainder held at Citi-affiliated FDIC-insured depositories. See Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K for further discussion of the Company’s customer deposits held by Citi.
(7)Wealth Management U.S. Subsidiary Banks refers to the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries MSBNA and MSPBNA.

Wealth Management JV.    On June 28, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of the remaining 35% stake in the purchase of the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citi (the “Wealth Management JV”) for $4.725 billion. As the 100% owner of the Wealth Management JV, the Company retains all of the related net income previously applicable to the noncontrolling interests in the Wealth Management JV and benefits from the termination of certain related debt and operating agreements with the Wealth Management JV partner.

Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. During the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, $4 billion and $5 billion, respectively, of deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At March 31, 2015, approximately $4 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

For further information, see Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K.

 

 103 LOGO


Table of Contents

Net Revenues.    The Company’s Wealth Management business segment’s net revenues are composed of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues. Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Asset management revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees, and referral fees related to the bank deposit program. Net interest income includes interest related to the bank deposit program, interest on AFS securities and HTM securities, interest on lending activities and other net interest. Other revenues include revenues from AFS securities and HTM securities, customer account services fees, other miscellaneous revenues and revenues from Investments.

 

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
       2015           2014(1)     
   (dollars in millions) 

Net revenues:

    

Transactional

  $950   $996 

Asset management

   2,115    2,008 

Net interest

   689    538 

Other

   80    67 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $3,834   $3,609 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Transactional.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues increased 6% to $192 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period of 2014, primarily due to a revenue sharing arrangement with the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment related to municipal securities.

Trading.    Trading revenues decreased 16% to $232 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period of 2014, primarily due to lower revenues from fixed income products partially offset by higher gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Commissions and Fees.    Commissions and fees revenues decreased 3% to $526 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period of 2014, primarily due to lower equity, annuity and mutual fund activity, partially offset by higher revenues from alternatives asset classes.

Asset Management.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 5% to $2,115 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period of 2014, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program, reflecting the ongoing transfer of deposits to the Company from Citi.

Balances in the bank deposit program were $135 billion at March 31, 2015 and $137 billion at December 31, 2014, which included deposits held by the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks of $130 billion at March 31, 2015 and $128 billion at December 31, 2014.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $803 billion and represented 39% of total client assets at March 31, 2015 compared with $785 billion and 39% at December 31, 2014, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $2,047 billion at March 31, 2015 from $2,025 billion at December 31, 2014, primarily due to higher fee-based asset flows and the impact of market conditions. Fee-based client asset flows for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 were $13.3 billion compared with $19.0 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

 

LOGO 104 


Table of Contents

Net Interest.

Net interest increased 28% to $689 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period of 2014, primarily due to higher balances in the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments in PLA securities-based lending products. Total client liability balances increased to $54 billion at March 31, 2015 from $51 billion at December 31, 2014, primarily due to higher growth from PLA securities-based lending products and residential mortgage loans. The loans and lending commitments in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment have grown in the quarter ended March 31, 2015, and the Company expects this trend to continue. See “Other Matters—U.S. Subsidiary Banks Lending Activities” herein and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in Item 3.

Other.

Other revenues were $78 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 compared with $63 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2014. The increase in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 primarily reflected higher gains on sales of Investment securities.

Non-interest Expenses. 

Non-interest expenses increased 2% in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period of 2014. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 3% in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 from the comparable period of 2014, primarily due to a higher formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses of $754 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 were essentially unchanged from the comparable period of 2014.

 

 105 LOGO


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015          2014(1)     
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

   

Investment banking

  $ —     $4 

Trading

   3   (20

Investments

   152   246 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   514   486 

Other

   5   40 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   674   756 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   1   1 

Interest expense

   6   5 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (5  (4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   669   752 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   273   286 

Non-compensation expenses

   209   198 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   482   484 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   187   268 

Provision for income taxes

   61   94 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   126   174 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

   

Income from discontinued operations before income taxes

   —     1 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations

   —      1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   126   175 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   17   54 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $109  $121 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

   

Income from continuing operations

  $109  $120 

Income from discontinued operations

   —      1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $109  $121 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

LOGO 106 


Table of Contents

Statistical Data.

The Company’s Investment Management business segment’s period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

 

   At March 31,   Average for
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015           2014(1)           2015           2014(1)     
   (dollars in billions) 

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

        

Traditional Asset Management:

        

Equity

  $141   $145   $142   $141 

Fixed income

   65    61    65    61 

Liquidity

   131    114    127    113 

Alternatives(2)(3)

   36    34    36    33 

Managed Futures(1)

   3    4    3    4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

   376    358    373    352 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing(3)

   30    28    31    30 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets under management or supervision

  $406   $386   $404   $382 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of minority stake assets(4)

  $7   $7   $7   $7 

 

(1)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation.
(2)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(3)Assets under management or supervision for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing and Alternatives reflect the basis on which management fees are earned. This calculation excludes assets under management where no management fees are earned or where the fair value of these assets including unfunded commitments differ from the basis on which management fees are earned. Including these assets, assets under management at March 31, 2015 and 2014 for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing are $40 billion and $35 billion, respectively, and for Alternatives are $39 billion and $37 billion, respectively.
(4)Amounts represent the Company’s Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

Activity in the Company’s Investment Management business segment’s assets under management or supervision during the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015          2014(1)     
   (dollars in billions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $403  $377 

Net flows by asset class:

   

Traditional Asset Management:

   

Equity

   (2  3 

Fixed income

   1   (1

Liquidity

   3   2 

Alternatives(2)

   —      2 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

   2   6 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing

   (1  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net flows

   1   6 

Net market appreciation

   2   3 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net increase

   3   9 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $406  $386 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 107 LOGO


Table of Contents

 

(1)On October 1, 2014, the Managed Futures business was transferred from the Company’s Wealth Management business segment to the Company’s Investment Management business segment. All prior-period amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation.
(2)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.

Trading.    The Company recognized a gain of $3 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 compared with a loss of $20 million in the comparable period of 2014, which primarily reflected gains and losses, respectively, related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

Investments.    The Company recorded net investment gains of $152 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 compared with gains of $246 million in the comparable period of 2014. The decrease in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 primarily related to lower net investment gains and lower revenues in the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing business due to the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2014.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 6% to $514 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015. The increase primarily reflected higher management and administration revenues, as a result of higher average assets under management.

The Company’s assets under management increased $20 billion from $386 billion at March 31, 2014 to $406 billion at March 31, 2015, reflecting positive net flows and market appreciation.

The Company recorded net inflows of $1 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2015, reflecting net customer inflows in liquidity and fixed income funds, partially offset by outflows in equity and merchant banking and real estate funds. The Company recorded net customer inflows of $6 billion in the quarter ended March 31, 2014, primarily in equity, liquidity and alternatives funds, partially offset by outflows in fixed income funds.

Other.    Other revenues were $5 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 as compared with $40 million in the comparable period of 2014. The decrease reflected higher revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in certain third-party investment managers in the prior year period.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses of $482 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 were essentially unchanged from the comparable period of 2014. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 5% in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 due to a decrease in amortization attributed to the accelerated vesting of certain awards offset by a reduction of average deferral rates for discretionary incentive based awards during the fourth quarter of 2014. Non-compensation expenses increased 6% in the quarter ended March 31, 2015, primarily due to higher professional services expenses.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests are primarily related to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Investment gains associated with noncontrolling interests in these consolidated funds were $12 million and $70 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests decreased in the quarter ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2014.

 

LOGO 108 


Table of Contents

Accounting Development Updates.

Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update requiring debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability, consistent with debt discounts or premiums. The guidance is effective for the Company retrospectively beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.

In February 2015, the FASB issued an amendment update that changes the analysis that the Company must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities. The Company is required to reevaluate its interests in legal entities in scope of the new guidance under the revised consolidation model. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.

In November 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update requiring entities to determine the nature of the host contract in a hybrid financial instrument issued in the form of a share by considering the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument, including the embedded derivative feature that is being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract, when evaluating whether the host contract is more akin to debt or equity and whether the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative feature are clearly and closely related to the host contract. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2016 and must be applied on a modified retrospective basis. The guidance may be applied on a full retrospective basis to all relevant prior periods and early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.

In August 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update that provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern and the related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Measuring the Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity.

In August 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update to clarify the measurement upon initial consolidation and subsequent measurement of the financial assets and the financial liabilities of a collateralized financing entity when the reporting entity has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the collateralized financing entity. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 109 LOGO


Table of Contents

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.

In June 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update clarifying that entities should treat performance targets that could be met after the requisite service period of a share-based payment award as performance conditions that affect vesting. Therefore, an entity would not record compensation expense (measured as of the grant date) for an award where transfer to the employee is contingent upon satisfaction of the performance target until it becomes probable that the performance target will be met. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update to clarify the principles of revenue recognition, to develop a common revenue recognition standard across all industries for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards and to provide enhanced disclosures for users of the financial statements. The core principle of this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose a deferral of the effective date of this accounting update by one year to January 1, 2018. Additionally, the FASB permits an entity to adopt this accounting update early but not before the original effective date, beginning January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this accounting standard update.

 

LOGO 110 


Table of Contents

Other Matters.

Return on Equity Goal.

The Company is aiming to improve its returns to shareholders with a goal of achieving a sustainable 10% or more return on average common equity excluding DVA (“Return on Equity”) over time, subject to the successful execution of its strategic objectives. For further information on the Company’s Return on Equity goal, see “Other Matters—Return on Equity Goal” in Part II, Item 7 of the 2014 Form 10-K.

U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ Lending Activities.

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks. The Company’s lending activities in its Institutional Securities business segment primarily include corporate lending activities, in which the Company provides loans or lending commitments to certain corporate clients. In addition to corporate lending activities, the Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activities. The Company’s lending activities in its Wealth Management business segment include securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities in PLAs and residential mortgage lending. The Company expects its lending activities to continue to grow through further penetration of the Company’s Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments’ client base.

The following table presents the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ lending activities included in its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition:

 

   At
March 31, 2015
   At
December 31, 2014
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities U.S. Subsidiary Banks data:

    

Corporate lending

  $10.1   $9.6 

Other lending(1):

    

Corporate loans

   9.4    8.0 

Wholesale real estate loans

   9.0    8.6 

Wealth Management U.S. Subsidiary Banks data:

    

Securities-based lending and other loans

  $22.8   $21.9 

Residential real estate loans

   17.0     15.8 

 

(1)The other lending includes activities related to commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, financing extended to equities and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities.

For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 3. Also see Notes 7 and 11 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s loans and lending commitments, respectively.

Investment SecuritiesAvailable for Sale and Held to Maturity. 

During the quarters ended March 15, 2015 and 2014, the Company reported net unrealized gains of $200 million and $74 million, net of tax, respectively, on its AFS securities portfolio. Unrealized gains in the AFS securities portfolio are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for all periods presented. The net unrealized gains for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 primarily reflected changes in interest rates. The securities in the Company’s AFS securities portfolio with an unrealized loss were not other-than-temporarily impaired for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the unrealized losses (gains) on the Company’s HTM securities were not material. The Company held $1.6 billion in HTM securities at March 31, 2015, and expects to grow its HTM Investment securities portfolio.

 

 111 LOGO


Table of Contents

Real Estate.

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner. The Company’s real estate investments at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are described below. Such amounts exclude investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition included amounts representing real estate investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries of $277 million and $262 million, respectively, including noncontrolling interests of $253 million and $240 million, respectively, for a net amount of $24 million and $22 million, respectively. This net presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for the Company and investors to use in assessing the Company’s net exposure. In addition, the Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $283 million at March 31, 2015.

In addition to the Company’s real estate investments, the Company engages in various real estate-related activities, including origination of loans secured by commercial and residential properties. The Company also securitizes and trades in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate. In connection with these activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Company continues to monitor its real estate-related activities in order to manage its exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings” in Part II, Item 1, and Note 11 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1, for further information.

Income Tax Matters.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes a net discrete tax benefit of $564 million attributable to its Institutional Securities business segment. This net discrete tax benefit was primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the Company’s legal entity organization in the U.K.

The income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside of the U.S. has previously been excluded from taxation in the U.S. as a result of a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the tax charge on certain active financial services income until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. This provision, as well as other provisions that allow for tax benefits from certain tax credits, expired effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2015. These provisions have sunset and been subsequently extended by Congress, with retroactive effect, on several occasions, the most recently in 2014. The increase to the effective tax rate as a result of the expiration of the provisions is estimated to be immaterial on a quarterly and annual basis.

New York City Tax Reform.    New York City corporate tax reform (the “tax reform”) was signed into law on April 13, 2015. This tax reform, effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2015, is generally consistent with the New York State tax reform that was signed into law in 2014; it merges the existing bank franchise tax into a substantially amended general corporation franchise tax and adopts a phased-in customer-based single receipts factor for all New York City taxpayers. The tax reform mainly impacts the Company’s banking subsidiaries and the impact on the annual effective tax rate and condensed consolidated statement of income is estimated to be immaterial on a quarterly and annual basis.

 

LOGO 112 


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies.

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

 

  

Trading assets and Trading liabilities;

 

  

AFS securities;

 

  

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

  

Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

 

  

Certain Deposits;

 

  

Certain Short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

 

  

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

  

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

  

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 uses valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the valuation process, fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 4 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K and Note 3 to the Company’s condensed financial statements in Item 1.

For a further discussion of valuation adjustments applied by the Company, see Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the Company’s condensed financial statements in Item 1.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.    At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, intangible

 

 113 LOGO


Table of Contents

assets and other assets. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

See Note 3 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information on assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Fair Value Control Processes.    The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to ensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

See Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company’s valuation policies, processes and procedures.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Goodwill.    The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required. The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Intangible Assets.    Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible

 

LOGO 114 


Table of Contents

assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

See Notes 2, 4 and 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K and Note 3 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.

Legal and Regulatory Contingencies.

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

See Note 11 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information on legal proceedings.

Income Taxes.

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates

 

 115 LOGO


Table of Contents

about when certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the guidance on accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

The Company’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. The Company’s deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. The Company’s deferred tax balances also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. The Company performs regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize net operating losses before they expire. Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, the Company may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount of these balances (net of valuation allowance) that the Company estimates it is more likely than not to realize at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes could reflect adjustments related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in our estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

See Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K for additional information on the Company’s significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 17 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information on the Company’s tax examinations.

 

LOGO 116 


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

The Company’s senior management establishes liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board’s Risk Committee.

The Balance Sheet.

The Company monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet on a regular basis. The Company’s balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific limits, monitoring of business-specific usage versus limits, key metrics and new business impact assessments.

The Company establishes balance sheet limits at the consolidated, business segment and business unit levels. The Company monitors balance sheet usage versus limits, and variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations are reviewed. On a regular basis, the Company reviews current performance versus limits and assesses the need to re-allocate limits based on business unit needs. The Company also monitors key metrics, including asset and liability size, composition of the balance sheet, limit utilization and capital usage.

The tables below summarize total assets for the Company’s business segments at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Institutional
Securities
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $19,813   $20,031   $449   $40,293 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

   37,977    2,363    —       40,340 

Trading assets

   254,385    1,248    3,527    259,160 

Investment securities(3)

   11,182    58,280    —       69,462 

Securities received as collateral(2)

   22,328    —       —       22,328 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

   80,974    10,258    —       91,232 

Securities borrowed(2)

   149,970    395    —       150,365 

Customer and other receivables(2)

   35,198    20,967    568    56,733 

Loans, net of allowance(4)

   28,747    39,956    —       68,703 

Other assets(5)

   18,359    10,732    1,392    30,483 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(6)

  $658,933   $164,230   $5,936   $829,099 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks.
(2)Certain of these assets are included in secured financing assets (see “Secured Financing” herein).
(3)Investment securities include both AFS and HTM securities.
(4)Amounts include loans held for sale and loans held for investment but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 7 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).
(5)Other assets include Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets; and Other assets.
(6)Total assets include Global Liquidity Reserve of $195 billion at March 31, 2015.

 

 117 LOGO


Table of Contents
   At December 31, 2014 
   Institutional
Securities
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $23,161   $23,363   $460   $46,984 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

   37,841    2,766    —       40,607 

Trading assets

   252,021    1,300    3,480    256,801 

Investment securities(3)

   11,999    57,317    —       69,316 

Securities received as collateral(2)

   21,316    —       —       21,316 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

   73,299    9,989    —       83,288 

Securities borrowed(2)

   136,336    372    —       136,708 

Customer and other receivables(2)

   27,328    21,022    611    48,961 

Loans, net of allowance(4)

   28,755    37,822    —       66,577 

Other assets(5)

   18,285    11,196    1,471    30,952 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(6)

  $630,341   $165,147   $6,022   $801,510 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks.
(2)Certain of these assets are included in secured financing assets (see “Secured Financing” herein).
(3)Investment securities include both AFS securities and HTM securities.
(4)Amounts include loans held for sale and loans held for investment but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 7 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).
(5)Other assets include Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets; and Other assets.
(6)Total assets include Global Liquidity Reserve of $193 billion at December 31, 2014.

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Company’s total assets increased to $829 billion at March 31, 2015 from $802 billion at December 31, 2014. The increase in total assets was primarily due to an increase in Trading assets, primarily due to increases in U.S. government and agency securities, Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed and Customer and other receivables, partially offset by a decrease in Interest bearing deposits with banks.

The Company’s assets and liabilities are primarily related to transactions attributable to sales and trading and securities financing activities. At March 31, 2015, securities financing assets and liabilities were $347 billion and $298 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2014, securities financing assets and liabilities were $320 billion and $295 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, repurchase and resale agreements, Securities borrowed and loaned transactions, Securities received as collateral and obligations to return securities received, and Customer and other receivables and payables. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Notes 2 and 5 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned were $87 billion at March 31, 2015 and averaged $101 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2015. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned period-end balances were lower than the average balances during 2015 as there was a reduction in secured financing requirements. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed were $242 billion at March 31, 2015 and averaged $251 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing

 

LOGO 118 


Table of Contents

transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer-owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage customers. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets were $22 billion at March 31, 2015 and $21 billion at December 31, 2014, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework is to ensure that the Company has access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions. The framework is designed to enable the Company to fulfill its financial obligations and support the execution of the Company’s business strategies.

The following principles guide the Company’s liquidity risk management framework:

 

  

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

 

  

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

 

  

Source, counterparty, currency, region, and term of funding should be diversified; and

 

  

Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.

The core components of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework are the CFP, Liquidity Stress Tests and the Global Liquidity Reserve, which support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

Contingency Funding Plan.

The Company’s CFP describes the data and information flows, limits, targets, operating environment indicators, escalation procedures, roles and responsibilities, and available mitigating actions in the event of a liquidity stress. The CFP also sets forth the principal elements of the Company’s liquidity stress testing, which identifies stress events of different severity and duration, assesses current funding sources, and uses and establishes a plan for monitoring and managing a potential liquidity stress event.

Liquidity Stress Tests.

The Company uses Liquidity Stress Tests to model liquidity outflows across multiple scenarios over a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events.

The assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  

No government support;

 

  

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

 

  

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

 

  

Higher haircuts and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

 

  

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

 

  

Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

 

 119 LOGO


Table of Contents
  

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

 

  

Drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties;

 

  

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions;

 

  

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets; and

 

  

Maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

The Liquidity Stress Tests are produced for the Parent and major operating subsidiaries, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent. The Parent will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, the Company takes into consideration the settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in its Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve.

The Company maintains sufficient liquidity reserves (“Global Liquidity Reserve”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the Global Liquidity Reserve is actively managed by the Company. The following components are considered in sizing the Global Liquidity Reserve: unsecured debt maturity profile, balance sheet size and composition, funding needs in a stressed environment inclusive of contingent cash outflows and collateral requirements. In addition, the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve includes an additional reserve, which is primarily a discretionary surplus based on the Company’s risk tolerance and is subject to change dependent on market and firm-specific events.

The Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve is held within the Parent and its major operating subsidiaries. The Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve is composed of diversified cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered highly liquid securities. Eligible unencumbered highly liquid securities include U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-U.S. government securities and other highly liquid investment grade securities.

Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment.

The table below summarizes the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve by type of investment:

 

   At
March 31,  2015
   At
December 31,  2014
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Cash deposits with banks

  $11   $12 

Cash deposits with central banks

   25    30 

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

    

U.S. government obligations

   80    76 

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

   36    32 

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations(1)

   24    26 

Investments in money market funds

   —       1 

Other investment grade securities

   19    16 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve

  $195   $193 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO 120 


Table of Contents

 

(1)Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are composed of unencumbered German, French, Dutch, U.K., Brazilian and Japanese government obligations.

The ability to monetize assets during a liquidity crisis is critical. The Company believes that the assets held in its Global Liquidity Reserve can be monetized within five business days in a stressed environment given the highly liquid and diversified nature of the reserves. The currency profile of the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve is consistent with the Company’s CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. In addition to its Global Liquidity Reserve, the Company has other cash and cash equivalents and other unencumbered assets that are available for monetization that are not included in the balances in the table above.

Global Liquidity Reserve Managed by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities.

The table below summarizes period-end and average balances of the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve managed by bank and non-bank legal entities:

 

   At
March 31,
2015
   At
December 31,
2014
   Average Balance(1) 
       For the Three
Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2015   2014 
   (dollars in billions) 

Bank legal entities:

        

Domestic

  $81   $83   $82   $85 

Foreign

   5    5    5    5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bank legal entities

   86    88    87    90 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Bank legal entities:

        

Domestic(2)

   76    70    77    77 

Foreign

   33    35    32    33 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

   109    105    109    110 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $195   $193   $196   $200 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company calculates the average Global Liquidity Reserve based upon daily amounts.
(2)The Parent managed $55 billion at both March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and averaged $58 billion and $57 billion during quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Basel Liquidity Framework.

The U.S. banking agencies and the Basel Committee have adopted, or are in the process of considering liquidity standards. The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”).

Liquidity Coverage Ratio.    The LCR is defined as the ratio of high-quality liquid assets to the net cash outflows arising from significant stress over a prospective 30 calendar-day period. In September 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule to implement the LCR in the U.S. (“U.S. LCR”). The U.S. LCR applies to the Company and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks. The U.S. LCR is more stringent in certain respects than the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR as it includes a generally narrower definition of debt and equity securities that qualify as high-quality liquid assets, different methodologies and assumptions for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-day stress period, a maturity mismatch add-on, and a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. Additionally, under the U.S. LCR, a banking organization must submit a liquidity compliance plan to its primary federal banking agency if it fails to maintain the minimum U.S. LCR requirement for three consecutive business days. Beginning on January 1, 2015 the Company and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks

 

 121 LOGO


Table of Contents

are required to maintain a minimum U.S. LCR of 80%. This minimum requirement will increase to 90% beginning on January 1, 2016 and will be fully phased in at 100% beginning on January 1, 2017. The Company and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks must calculate their respective U.S. LCR on a monthly basis during the period between January 1, 2015 and June 30, 2015 and on each business day starting on July 1, 2015. The Company is well in compliance with the minimum required U.S. LCR based on current estimates and interpretation and continues to evaluate its potential impact on the Company’s liquidity and funding requirements.

Net Stable Funding Ratio.    The NSFR is defined as the ratio of the amount of variable stable funding to the amount of required stable funding. The standard’s objective is to reduce funding risk over a one-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress. In October 2014, the Basel Committee finalized revisions to the original December 2010 version of the NSFR. The U.S. banking agencies are expected to issue a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S. The Company continues to evaluate the NSFR and its potential impact on the Company’s current liquidity and funding requirements.

Funding Management.

The Company manages its funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing.

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and arises principally from its Institutional Securities business segment’s sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in funding these assets with secured financing. The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, the Company actively manages its secured financing book based on the quality of the assets being funded.

The Company utilizes shorter-term secured financing only for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. The Company defines highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet this criteria. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the weighted average maturity of the Company’s secured financing against less liquid assets was greater than 120 days. To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, the Company has established concentration limits to diversify its investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, the Company obtains term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory, or “spare capacity”, as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets or the Company’s ability to access them become limited. Finally, in addition to the above risk management framework, the Company holds a portion of its Global Liquidity Reserve against the potential disruption to its secured financing capabilities.

The Company also maintains a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which provide a valuable future source of liquidity. With the implementation of U.S. Basel III liquidity standards, the Company has also

 

LOGO 122 


Table of Contents

incorporated high quality liquid asset classifications that are consistent with the U.S. LCR definitions into its encumbrance reporting, which further substantiates the demonstrated liquidity characteristics of the unencumbered asset pool and the Company’s ability to readily identify new funding sources for such assets.

Unsecured Financing.

The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding. Unencumbered securities and non-security assets are financed with a combination of long-term and short-term debt and deposits. The Company’s unsecured financings include structured borrowings, whose payments and redemption values are based on the performance of certain underlying assets, including equity, credit, foreign exchange, interest rates and commodities. When appropriate, the Company may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to the Company’s interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 12 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Short-Term Borrowings.

The Company’s unsecured Short-term borrowings may consist of bank loans, bank notes, commercial paper and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $2,879 million and $2,261 million, respectively, in Short-term borrowings.

Deposits.

Available funding sources to the Company’s bank subsidiaries’ include time deposits, money market deposit accounts, demand deposit accounts, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The vast majority of deposits in the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks are sourced from the Company’s retail brokerage accounts and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, $4 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts from its acquisition of the Wealth Management JV (see Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the 2014 Form 10-K) were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At March 31, 2015, approximately $4 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

Deposits were as follows:

 

   At
March 31, 2015(1)
   At
December 31, 2014(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits

  $134,263   $132,159 

Time deposits(2)

   1,552    1,385 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(3)

  $135,815   $133,544 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Total deposits subject to FDIC insurance at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $101 billion and $99 billion, respectively.
(2)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).
(3)At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately $130 billion and $128 billion, respectively, were attributed to the Company’s Wealth Management business segment. These total deposits exclude deposits held by Citi relating to the Company’s customer accounts.

Senior Indebtedness.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding carrying amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries) was approximately $144 billion and $142 billion, respectively.

 

 123 LOGO


Table of Contents

Long-Term Borrowings. 

The Company believes that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Long-term borrowings are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

The Company may engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt retirements) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors.

Long-term borrowings by maturity profile at March 31, 2015 consisted of the following:

 

   Parent   Subsidiaries   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2015

  $14,713   $2,701   $17,414 

Due in 2016

   18,206    1,587    19,793 

Due in 2017

   21,603    1,209    22,812 

Due in 2018

   16,516    853    17,369 

Due in 2019

   15,771    843    16,614 

Thereafter

   59,528    2,015    61,543 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $146,337   $9,208   $155,545 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $11.3 billion. In connection with these note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 6.3 years at March 31, 2015. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, approximately $5.3 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired. Subsequent to March 31, 2015 and through April 30, 2015, the Company’s long-term borrowings decreased by approximately $0.1 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on April 23, 2015. For a further discussion of the Company’s long-term borrowings see Note 9 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Capital Trusts.

On April 27, 2015, the Company announced that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI will redeem all of the issued and outstanding $862.5 million aggregate liquidation amount of its 6.60% Capital Securities on May 27, 2015, and that Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII will redeem all of the issued and outstanding $1,100 million aggregate liquidation amount of its 6.60% Capital Securities on May 12, 2015.

Credit Ratings.

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by, among other things, the Company’s credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Rating agencies consider company-specific factors; other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes; the macroeconomic environment; and perceived levels of government support, among other things.

Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from external sources of potential support, as well as perceived government support of systemically important banks, including the credit ratings of the Company. Rating agencies continue to monitor the progress of U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations to assess whether the possibility of extraordinary government support for the

 

LOGO 124 


Table of Contents

financial system in any future financial crises is negatively impacted. Legislative and rulemaking outcomes may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and, thereby, place downward pressure on credit ratings. At the same time, proposed and final U.S. financial reform legislation and attendant rulemaking, such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels, also have positive implications for credit ratings. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any change in rating agency views on changes in potential government support and financial reform efforts are currently uncertain.

At April 30, 2015, the Parent’s and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:

 

  Parent Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
  Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook
 Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

 R-1 (middle) A (high) Stable —   —   —  

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 F1 A Stable F1 A Stable

Moody’s Investors Service(1)

 P-2 Baa2 Under
Review
 P-2 A3 Under
Review

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

 a-1 A Negative —   —   —  

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

 A-2 A- Negative A-1 A Stable

 

(1)On March 17, 2015, Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) placed all long-term ratings of the Company and its subsidiaries on review for upgrade.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where the Company is a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether the Company is in a net asset or net liability position.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). At March 31, 2015, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios, from the lowest of Moody’s or S&P ratings, based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,697 million and an incremental $3,017 million, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the comparative requirements were $1,856 million and an incremental $2,984 million, respectively.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it will have on the Company’s business and results of operation in future periods is inherently uncertain and will depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions the Company may take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in the Company’s Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management.

The Company’s senior management views capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

 

 125 LOGO


Table of Contents

In March 2015, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to its 2015 capital plan. The Capital plan included a share repurchase of up to $3.1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2015 through the end of the second quarter of 2016. Additionally, the capital plan included an increase in the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend to $0.15 per share from $0.10 per share, beginning with the dividend declared on April 20, 2015. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $250 million and $150 million, respectively, of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program (see Note 13 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

The Company has sufficient authorization for the proposed share repurchases pursuant to the capital plan under its existing share repurchase program for capital management purposes. Pursuant to the share repurchase program, the Company considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the Company’s program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval (see also Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Uses of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2).

The Company’s Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. On April 20, 2015, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.15. The dividend is payable on May 15, 2015 to common shareholders of record on April 30, 2015 (see Note 20 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

Issuance of Preferred Stock.

Series J Preferred Stock.    On March 19, 2015, the Company issued 1,500,000 Depositary Shares for an aggregate price of $1,500 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, $0.01 par value (“Series J Preferred Stock”). The Series J Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2020 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $1,000 per Depository Share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series J Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series J Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $1,493 million.

 

LOGO 126 


Table of Contents

On March 17, 2015, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared, a quarterly dividend, for preferred stock shareholders of record on March 31, 2015, that was paid on April 15, 2015 as follows:

 

Series

  

Preferred Stock Description

  Quarterly
Dividend

Per  Share(1)
 
A  Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25000)  $250.00 
C  10% Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock   25.00 
E  Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.44531)   445.31 
F  Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.42969)   429.69 
G  6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share and each having a dividend of $0.41406)   414.06 
I  Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.39844)   398.44 

 

(1)The Company has outstanding Series H and Series J Preferred Stock, for which a dividend declaration date did not occur during the first quarter of 2015, in accordance with the terms thereof.

Tangible Equity.

The following table sets forth tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and average tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and average tangible common equity for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

      Average Balance(1) 
   Balance at  For the Three
Months Ended
March 31,
 
   March 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
  2015  2014 
   (dollars in millions) 

Common equity

  $66,642  $64,880  $65,590  $63,264 

Preferred equity

   7,520   6,020   6,395   3,220 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   74,162   70,900   71,895   66,484 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

   4,873   4,868   4,871   4,857 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (9,657  (9,742  (9,702  (9,837
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity(3)

  $69,378  $66,026  $67,154   $61,504 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common equity

  $66,642  $64,880  $65,590  $63,264 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (9,657  (9,742  (9,702  (9,837
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible common equity(3)

  $56,985  $55,138  $55,888  $53,427 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company calculates its average balances based upon month-end balances.
(2)The deduction for Goodwill and net intangible assets is partially offset by mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) (net of disallowable MSR) of $5 million and $6 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
(3)Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity, and tangible common equity, non-GAAP financial measures, equals Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity or common equity, respectively, less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity as a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy.

 

 127 LOGO


Table of Contents

Capital Covenants.

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”), which become effective after the scheduled redemption date in 2046. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

Regulatory Requirements.

Regulatory Capital Framework.

The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks.

Implementation of U.S. Basel III.

The U.S. banking regulators have comprehensively revised their risk-based and leverage capital framework to implement many aspects of the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee. The U.S. banking regulators’ revised capital framework is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” The Company and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks became subject to U.S. Basel III on January 1, 2014. Aspects of U.S. Basel III, such as the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, new capital buffers, and certain deductions from and adjustments to capital, will be phased in over several years.

Regulatory Capital.    Under U.S. Basel III, new items (including certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions) are deducted from the respective tiers of regulatory capital, and certain existing regulatory deductions and adjustments are modified or are no longer applicable. The majority of these capital deductions are subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities are reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule. The percentage of the regulatory deductions and adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 capital that applied to the Company at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ranged from 20% to 100%, depending on the specific item.

U.S. Basel III, which is aimed at increasing the quality and amount of regulatory capital, establishes Common Equity Tier 1 capital as a new tier of capital, increases minimum required risk-based capital ratios, provides for capital buffers above those minimum ratios, provides for new regulatory capital deductions and adjustments, modifies methods for calculating RWAs—the denominator of risk-based capital ratios—by, among other things, increasing counterparty credit risk capital requirements, and introduces a supplementary leverage ratio.

In addition, U.S. Basel III narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. As a result of these revisions, existing trust preferred securities will be fully phased-out of the Company’s Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. Thereafter, existing trust preferred securities that do not satisfy U.S. Basel III’s eligibility criteria for Tier 2 capital will be phased out of the Company’s regulatory capital by January 1, 2022.

 

LOGO 128 


Table of Contents

Risk-Weighted Assets.    The Company is required to calculate and hold capital against credit, market and operational risk RWAs. RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. Credit risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. Market risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market and credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 3. Operational risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risks across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). In addition, given the evolving regulatory and litigation environment across the financial services industry and that operational risk RWAs incorporate the impact of such related matters, operational risk RWAs may increase in future periods.

The Basel Committee is in the process of considering revisions to various provisions of the Basel III framework that, if adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, could result in substantial changes to U.S. Basel III. In particular, the Basel Committee has finalized a new methodology for calculating counterparty credit risk exposures, the standardized approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures (“SA-CCR”); has finalized a revised framework establishing capital requirements for securitizations; and has proposed revisions to various regulatory capital standards, including for trading and banking book exposures, the credit risk framework and capital floors. In each case, the impact of these revised standards on the Company and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.

Calculation of Risk-Based Capital Ratios.    On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced internal ratings-based approach for determining credit risk capital requirements and advanced measurement approaches for determining operational risk capital requirements to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014, subject to the “capital floor” discussed below (the “Advanced Approach”). As an Advanced Approach banking organization, the Company is required to compute risk-based capital ratios using both (i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit risk RWAs, an advanced measurement approach for calculating operational risk RWAs, and an advanced approach for calculating market risk RWAs under U.S. Basel III.

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approach banking organizations that have been approved by their regulators to exit the parallel run, such as the Company, to a permanent “capital floor.” In 2014, as a result of the capital floor, an Advanced Approach banking organization’s binding risk-based capital ratios were the lower of its ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the Company’s binding risk-based capital ratios are the lower of the capital ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the Standardized Approach under U.S. Basel III. The U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach modifies certain U.S. Basel I-based methods for calculating RWAs and prescribes new standardized risk weights for certain types of assets and exposures. The capital floor applies to the calculation of the minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer, the countercyclical capital buffer (if deployed by banking regulators), and, if adopted, the proposed global systemically important bank (“G-SIB”) buffer.

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as U.S. Basel III’s revisions to the numerator and denominator are phased in and as the Company calculates RWAs using the Advanced Approach and the Standardized Approach. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’s capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

 

 129 LOGO


Table of Contents

The basis for the calculation of the Company’s U.S. Basel III capital ratios, on a transitional and fully phased-in basis, are presented below:

 

    

Transition Period

   

Fully Phased-In(1)

    

Second to Fourth
Quarter of 2014

   

2015 to 2017

   

2018 and onward

      

Regulatory Capital (Numerator
of risk-based capital and leverage ratios)

 U.S. Basel III Transitional(2)  U.S. Basel III
             
      

RWAs (Denominator of risk-based capital ratios)

 

Standardized Approach(3)

 U.S. Basel I and Basel  2.5  U.S. Basel III  Standardized Approach
      
 
 Advanced Approach(4) U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach
             
      

Denominator of leverage ratios

 

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
 Adjusted Average On-Balance Sheet Assets(5)
      
 
 

Supplementary Leverage
Ratio(6)

   

Adjusted Average On-Balance Sheet

Assets(5) and Certain Off-Balance

Sheet Exposures

 

(1)By the beginning of 2018, U.S. Basel III rules defining capital (numerator of capital ratios) will be fully phased-in, except for the exclusion of non-qualifying trust preferred securities from Tier 2 capital, which will be fully phased-in as of January 1, 2022. In addition, the Company will also be subject to a greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer, a G-SIB capital surcharge (if adopted) and, if deployed by banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer, all of which will be fully phased in by the beginning of 2019. The capital conservation buffer, the G-SIB capital surcharge and, if deployed, the countercyclical buffer apply in addition to each of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios. The requirements for these additional capital buffers will be phased in beginning in 2016.
(2)Beginning June 30, 2014, as a result of the Company’s and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ completion of the Advanced Approach parallel run, the amount of expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves must be deducted 20% from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and 80% from Additional Tier 1 capital. Over the next several years, this deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital will incrementally increase and the amount deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital will correspondingly decrease, until fully phased in by the beginning of 2018. In addition, under the Advanced Approach framework, the allowance for loan losses cannot be included in Tier 2 capital. Instead, an Advanced Approach banking organization may include in Tier 2 capital any eligible credit reserves that exceed its total expected credit losses to the extent that the excess reserve amount does not exceed 0.6% of its Advanced Approach credit risk RWAs. The allowance for loan losses may continue to be included in Tier 2 capital for purposes of calculating capital ratios under U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5 and under the Standardized Approach, up to 1.25% of credit risk RWAs.
(3)Beginning in 2015, the Company is required to calculate credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach.
(4)Public reporting of Advanced Approach capital ratios began during the second quarter of 2014.
(5)In accordance with U.S. Basel III, adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and were composed of the Company’s average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain financial equity investments and other adjustments.
(6)Beginning on January 1, 2015, the Company is required to publicly disclose its supplementary leverage ratio, which will become effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

 

LOGO 130 


Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital Ratios.    The Company is required to calculate capital ratios under both the Advanced Approach and the Standardized Approach, in both cases subject to transitional provisions. The following table presents the Company’s regulatory capital ratios at March 31, 2015, as well as the minimum required regulatory capital ratios applicable under U.S. Basel III in 2015.

 

   At March 31, 2015  Minimum Regulatory
Capital Ratio(1)
 
   Actual Capital Ratio  
   U.S. Basel III Transitional/
Standardized Approach
  U.S. Basel III Transitional/
Advanced Approach
  
     2015 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

   13.1  13.1  4.5

Tier 1 capital ratio

   14.8  14.7  6.0

Total capital ratio

   17.7  17.5  8.0

Tier 1 leverage ratio(2)

   7.8  7.8  4.0

 

(1)Percentages represent minimum regulatory capital ratios for calendar year 2015 under U.S. Basel III.
(2)Tier 1 leverage ratio equals Tier 1 capital (calculated under U.S. Basel III transitional rules) divided by the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain financial equity investments and other adjustments.

Beginning on January 1, 2015, for the Company to remain a financial holding company, its U.S. Subsidiary Banks must qualify as “well-capitalized” under the higher capital requirements of U.S. Basel III by maintaining a total risk-based capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets minus certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital) of at least 5%. The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the “well-capitalized” standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards in U.S. Basel III. Assuming that the Federal Reserve would apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to financial holding companies, each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio at March 31, 2015 would have exceeded the revised well-capitalized standard. The Federal Reserve may require the Company and its peer financial holding companies to maintain risk and leverage-based capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

At March 31, 2015, the capital ratios calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach were lower than those calculated under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach, and therefore, are the binding ratios for the Company as a result of the capital floor. At December 31, 2014, the capital ratios calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach were lower than those calculated under the Standardized Approach, represented as U.S. Basel I as supplemented by Basel 2.5. The table below presents the Company’s RWAs and regulatory capital ratios under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

   At
March 31, 2015
  At
December 31, 2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

RWAs:

   

Credit risk

  $184,661  $184,645 

Market risk

   110,772   121,363 

Operational risk

   143,531   150,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total RWAs

  $438,964   $456,008 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital ratios:

   

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

   13.1  12.6

Tier 1 capital ratio

   14.7  14.1

Total capital ratio

   17.5  16.4

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   7.8  7.9

Adjusted average assets(1)

  $827,054  $810,524 

 

 131 LOGO


Table of Contents

 

(1)In accordance with U.S. Basel III, adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and were composed of the Company’s average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain financial equity investments and other adjustments.

The following table represents a roll-forward of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules from December 31, 2014 to March 31, 2015 (dollars in millions).

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2014

 $57,324 

Change related to the following items:

 

Value of shareholders’ common equity

  1,762 

Net goodwill

  (66

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

  (592

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  (135

Net deferred tax assets

  (728

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

  125 

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

  (219

Expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves

  10 

Other deductions and adjustments

  (139
 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at March 31, 2015

 $57,342 
 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2014

 $6,858 

New issuance of qualifying preferred stock

  1,500 

Change related to the following items:

 

Trust preferred securities

  (1,238

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  (160

Net deferred tax assets

  356 

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

  200 

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

  (205

Expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves

  39 

Other adjustments and deductions

  54 
 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at March 31, 2015

 $7,404 
 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (Common Equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) at March 31, 2015

 $64,746 
 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2014

 $10,790 

Change related to the following items:

 

Subordinated debt

  204 

Trust preferred securities

  1,154 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  12 

Other adjustments and deductions

  18 
 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital at March 31, 2015

 $12,178 
 

 

 

 

Total capital at March 31, 2015

 $76,924 
 

 

 

 

 

LOGO 132 


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   At
March 31,  2015
  At
December 31, 2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

   

Common stock and surplus

  $21,168  $21,503 

Retained earnings

   46,740   44,625 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)

   (1,266  (1,248

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Less: Net goodwill

   (6,678  (6,612

Less: Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

   (1,224  (632

Less: Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

   (296  (161

Less: Net deferred tax assets

   (1,308  (580

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

   283   158 

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

   243   462 

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves

   —     (10

Other adjustments and deductions

   (320  (181
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $57,342  $57,324 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

   

Preferred stock

  $7,520  $6,020 

Trust preferred securities

   1,196   2,434 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   844   1,004 

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Less: Net deferred tax assets

   (1,962  (2,318

Less: Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

   (444  (644

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

   425   630 

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves

   —     (39

Other adjustments and deductions

   (175  (229
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

  $7,404  $6,858 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

  $64,746  $64,182 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

   

Subordinated debt

  $8,543  $8,339 

Trust preferred securities

   3,588   2,434 

Other qualifying amounts

   39   27 

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

   8    (10
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 capital

  $12,178  $10,790 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital

  $76,924  $74,972 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 133 LOGO


Table of Contents

The following table represents a roll-forward of the Company’s RWAs calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach transitional rules from December 31, 2014 to March 31, 2015. The RWAs for each category in the table reflect both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate (dollars in millions).

 

Credit risk RWAs:

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $184,645 

Change related to the following items:

  

Derivatives

   (965

Securities financing transactions

   1,216 

Other counterparty credit risk

   (64)

Securitizations

   (576

Credit valuation adjustment

   1,327 

Investment securities

   972 

Loans

   (319)

Cash

   (278

Equity investments

   103 

Other credit risk(1)

   (1,400
  

 

 

 

Total change in credit risk RWAs

  $16 
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $184,661 
  

 

 

 

Market risk RWAs:

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $121,363 

Change related to the following items:

  

Regulatory VaR

   (296

Regulatory stressed VaR

   (1,009

Incremental risk charge

   (3,986

Comprehensive risk measure

   (581

Specific risk:

  

Non-securitizations

   (329

Securitizations

   (4,390
  

 

 

 

Total change in market risk RWAs

  $(10,591
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $110,772 
  

 

 

 

Operational risk RWAs:

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $150,000 

Changes during the period(2)

   (6,469
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

  $143,531 
  

 

 

 

 

VaR—Value-at-Risk.

(1)Amount reflects assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions.
(2)Amount reflects model recalibration related to residential mortgage litigation expense recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

LOGO 134 


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios.    The following table presents the Company’s pro forma estimates under the fully phased-in U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach and the fully phased-in U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach at March 31, 2015:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Fully Phased-In Basis Pro Forma Estimates 
   U.S. Basel III
Advanced  Approach
  U.S. Basel III
Standardized Approach
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $51,833  $51,833 

RWAs

   448,003   444,821 

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

   11.6  11.7

These fully phased-in basis pro forma estimates are based on the Company’s current understanding of U.S. Basel III and other factors, which may be subject to change as the Company receives additional clarification and implementation guidance from the Federal Reserve relating to U.S. Basel III and as the interpretation of the regulation evolves over time. The fully phased-in basis pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 capital, RWAs and Common Equity Tier 1 risked-based capital ratio estimates are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers to be useful measures for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that were not yet effective at March 31, 2015. These preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a projection of what the Company’s capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. See “Risk Factors” in Part 1, Item 1A of the 2014 Form 10-K for a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company.

As of January 1, 2015, the Company is subject to the following minimum capital ratios under U.S. Basel III: Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%; Total capital ratio of 8.0%; and Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. As of January 1, 2018, the Company will be subject to a supplementary leverage ratio requirement of 5.0%, which includes a Tier 1 supplementary leverage capital buffer of greater than 2.0% in addition to the 3.0% minimum supplementary leverage ratio (see “Supplementary Leverage Ratio” herein). In addition, on a fully phased-in basis by 2019, the Company will be subject to a greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer. The capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, if any, apply over each of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total risk-based capital ratios. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. In addition, in December 2014, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule that would impose a risk-based capital surcharge on U.S. bank holding companies that are identified as G-SIBs. For further information on the G-SIB surcharge, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Capital and Liquidity Standards” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2014 Form 10-K.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including the Company, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework. Under the Federal Reserve’s capital plan rule, the Company must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by the Company and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess the Company’s systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain its internal capital adequacy. The capital plan rule requires that such companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with an approved capital plan, a large bank holding company must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, it would not meet its regulatory capital requirements after making the

 

 135 LOGO


Table of Contents

proposed capital distribution. In addition, the Federal Reserve’s final rule on stress testing under the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Company to conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests. The rule also subjects the Company to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve.

The Company submitted its 2015 annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve in January 2015 and received no objection to the plan (see “Capital Management” herein). In March 2015, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act and CCAR supervisory stress tests of each large bank holding company, including the Company. As required, the Company disclosed a summary of the results of its company-run stress tests on March 11, 2015.

The final rule also requires Advanced Approach banking organizations that have exited from the parallel run, including the Company, to incorporate the Advanced Approach into their capital planning and company-run stress tests beginning with the January 1, 2016 cycle. In October 2014, the Federal Reserve revised its capital planning and stress testing regulations to, among other things, generally limit a large bank holding company’s ability to make capital distributions (other than scheduled payments on Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments) if the bank holding company’s net capital issuances are less than the amount indicated in its capital plan, and to shift the start and submission dates of the capital plan and stress test cycles beginning with the 2016 cycle.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA submitted its 2015 annual company-run stress tests to the OCC in January 2015 and MSPBNA submitted its annual company-run stress tests to the OCC in March 2015. MSBNA published a summary of its stress test results on March 11, 2015, and MSPBNA will publish the summary of its stress test results between June 15, 2015 and June 30, 2015. In June 2014, the OCC issued a proposed rule, among other things, to shift the timing of the annual stress testing cycle that applies to the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks beginning with the 2016 cycle.

Supplementary Leverage Ratio.

U.S. Basel III requires the Company and its U.S. Subsidiary Banks to disclose information related to its supplementary leverage ratio beginning on January 1, 2015. The supplementary leverage ratio will become effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. Specifically, beginning on January 1, 2018, the Company must maintain a Tier 1 supplementary leverage capital buffer of greater than 2% in addition to the 3% minimum supplementary leverage ratio (for a total of greater than 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. In addition, beginning in 2018, the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks must maintain a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% to be considered “well-capitalized.”

The following table presents the Company’s total consolidated assets and consolidated daily average assets under U.S. GAAP, its total supplementary leverage exposure and its supplementary leverage ratio disclosures on a transitional basis under the U.S. Basel III rules:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total assets

  $829,099 

Consolidated daily average assets(1)

  $838,727 

Adjustment for derivative exposures(2)

   267,050 

Adjustment for repo-style transactions(2)

   20,071 

Adjustment for off-balance sheet exposures(2)

   63,354 

Other adjustments(3)

   (11,673
  

 

 

 

Supplementary leverage exposure

  $1,177,529 
  

 

 

 

Supplementary leverage ratio(4)

   5.5

 

LOGO 136 


Table of Contents

 

(1)Amount is computed as the average daily balance of consolidated assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter.
(2)Amount is computed as the arithmetic mean of the month-end balances over the calendar quarter.
(3)Amount reflects adjustments to Tier 1 capital, including disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain financial equity investments and other adjustments.
(4)Supplementary leverage ratios calculated using Tier 1 capital and supplementary leverage exposures computed under U.S. Basel III on a transitional basis for the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks were as follows: MSBNA: 7.2%; and MSPBNA: 9.7%.

The supplementary leverage exposure (noted in the above table) represents the Company’s consolidated daily average assets under U.S. GAAP as adjusted, among other items, by: (i) the addition of the potential future exposure for derivative contracts (including derivatives that are centrally cleared for clients), the gross-up of cash collateral netting where certain qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by certain qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk associated with repo-style transactions; (iii) the credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet exposures, which is computed by applying the relevant credit conversion factors; and (iv) certain amounts deducted or adjusted from Tier 1 capital under U.S. Basel III. The supplementary leverage exposure and supplementary leverage ratio are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers to be useful measures for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective.

The Company estimates its pro forma fully phased-in supplementary leverage ratio to be approximately 5.1% at March 31, 2015. This estimate utilizes a fully phased-in U.S. Basel III Tier 1 capital numerator and a denominator of approximately $1.17 trillion. The Company’s estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from estimates based on these regulations. Further, these expectations should not be taken as projections of what the Company’s supplementary leverage ratios or earnings, assets or exposures will actually be at future dates. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2014 Form 10-K for a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company.

Required Capital.

The Company’s required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory capital to ensure that the Company maintains an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. The Company defines the difference between its regulatory capital and aggregate Required Capital as Parent capital. Average Common Equity Tier 1 capital, aggregate Required Capital and Parent capital for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 were approximately $56.7 billion, $40.3 billion and $16.4 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, including U.S. Basel III transitional deductions and adjustments expected to reduce the Company’s capital through 2018. The Company also holds Parent capital for organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital and common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by the Required Capital framework as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to the Company’s total Required Capital. Required Capital is assessed at each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis. The Required Capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The Company will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

 

 137 LOGO


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s business segments’ and the Parent’s average Common Equity Tier 1 capital and average common equity, which were calculated on a monthly basis:

 

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2015   2014 
   Average Common
Equity  Tier 1 Capital
   Average
Common  Equity
   Average Common
Equity  Tier 1 Capital
   Average
Common  Equity
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities

  $35.1   $37.0   $29.9   $30.8 

Wealth Management

   3.9    10.3    5.3    11.3 

Investment Management

   1.3    2.3    1.6    2.6 

Parent capital

   16.4    16.0    18.6    18.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $56.7   $65.6   $55.4   $63.3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Resolution and Recovery Planning.

For information on the Company’s resolution and recovery planning, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2014 Form 10-K.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities.

The Company enters into various arrangements with unconsolidated entities, including variable interest entities, primarily in connection with its Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments. See “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities” included in Part II, Item 7 of the 2014 Form 10-K and Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information on guarantees.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending at March 31, 2015 were approximately $155 billion. See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information on commitments.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

To the extent that an increased inflation outlook results in rising interest rates or has negative impacts on the valuation of financial instruments that exceed the impact on the value of the Company’s liabilities, it may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and profitability. Rising inflation may also result in increases in the Company’s non-interest expenses that may not be readily recoverable in higher prices of services offered.

A significant portion of the Company’s business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, therefore, can affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’s financial performance. These strategies may include the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows.

 

LOGO 138 


Table of Contents
Item 3.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Market Risk.

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurs market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of the Company’s Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, the Company incurs trading-related market risk within its Wealth Management business segment. The Company’s Investment Management business segment incurs principally Non-trading market risk primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles. For a further discussion of the Company’s Market Risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2014 Form 10-K.

VaR.

The Company uses the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of its trading portfolios. The Company’s Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.

The Company estimates VaR using a model based on volatility-adjusted historical simulation for general market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on the following: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’s VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions. The Company’s VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over a one-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The Company’s 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

The Company’s VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes and non-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

The Company uses VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR. The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most

 

 139 LOGO


Table of Contents

appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company is aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, uses VaR as only one component in its risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis and control at the trading desk, division and Company levels.

The Company’s VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of the Company’s regular process improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a 95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

The Company utilizes the same VaR model for risk management purposes as well as for regulatory capital calculations. The Company’s VaR model has been approved by the Company’s regulators for use in regulatory capital calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for the Company’s Management VaR differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”), as Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustments (“CVA”) and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges. Additionally, the Company’s Management VaR excludes certain risks contained in its Regulatory VaR, such as hedges to counterparty exposures related to the Company’s own credit spread.

Table 1 below presents the Management VaR for the Company’s Trading portfolio, on a period-end, quarterly average and quarterly high and low basis. The Credit Portfolio is disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories, and includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

 

LOGO 140 


Table of Contents

Trading Risks.

The table below presents the Company’s 95%/one-day Management VaR:

 

Table 1: 95% Management VaR  95%/One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended March 31, 2015
   95%/One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended December 31, 2014
 

Market Risk Category

  Period
End
  Average  High   Low   Period
End
  Average  High   Low 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $31  $32  $40   $29   $31  $34  $44   $30 

Equity price

   24   18   40    14    18   18   21    16 

Foreign exchange rate

   12   11   16    7    10   11   16    7 

Commodity price

   21   17   21    15    15   14   16    12 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

   (41  (34  N/A     N/A     (30  (34  N/A     N/A  
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

Primary Risk Categories

  $47  $44  $57   $38   $44  $43  $49   $40 
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

Credit Portfolio

   13   16   20    13    15   12   15    10 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

   (10  (13  N/A     N/A     (14  (8  N/A     N/A  
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

Total Management VaR

  $50  $47  $59   $42   $45  $47  $54   $43 
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

N/A—Not Applicable

(1)Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.
(2)The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned. The Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results for the Company, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

The distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues is presented in the histograms below for both the Primary Risk Categories and the Total Trading populations.

 

 141 LOGO


Table of Contents

Primary Risk Categories.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 was $44 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2015, which was in a range between $39 million and $51 million for approximately 94% of the trading days during the quarter.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO 142 


Table of Contents

The histogram below shows the distribution for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from positions included in VaR for the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Daily net trading revenues differ from the definition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories experienced net trading losses on 2 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR.

 

LOGO

 

 143 LOGO


Table of Contents

Total Trading—Including the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Total Management VaR, which includes the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio, for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 was $47 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2015, which was in a range between $43 million and $52 million for approximately 95% of trading days during the quarter.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO 144 


Table of Contents

The histogram below shows the distribution for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from Primary Risk Categories, Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for the Company’s Trading businesses. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Daily net trading revenues differ from the definition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company experienced net trading losses on 3 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Total Management VaR.

 

LOGO

Non-trading Risks.

The Company believes that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of the Company’s non-trading risks. Reflected below is this analysis covering substantially all of the non-trading risk in the Company’s portfolio.

Counterparty Exposure Related to the Company’s Own Credit Spread.

The credit spread risk relating to the Company’s own mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is managed separately from VaR. The credit spread risk sensitivity of this exposure corresponds to an increase in value of approximately $7 million and $6 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Funding Liabilities.

The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $10 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level at both March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

 145 LOGO


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity.

The Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks measure the interest rate risk of certain assets and liabilities by calculating the hypothetical sensitivity of net interest income to potential changes in the level of interest rates over the next 12 months. Due to the non-trading nature of the assets and liabilities in the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks, net interest income sensitivity is computed and analyzed by management for both upward and downward movements in the yield curve. The Company uses the following interest rate scenarios to quantify the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ interest rate risk sensitivity: instantaneous parallel shocks of 100 and 200 basis point increases and a 100 basis point decrease to all points on all yield curves simultaneously.

 

   +200  Basis
Points
   +100  Basis
Points
   -100  Basis
Points
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impact on the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ income from continuing operations before income taxes:

      

March 31, 2015

  $35   $94   $(408

December 31, 2014

   256    204    (393

Investments.

The Company makes investments in both public and private companies. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, the majority of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values.

 

   10% Sensitivity 

Investments

  At
March 31,  2015
   At
December 31,  2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Investments related to Investment Management activities:

    

Hedge fund investments

  $106   $109 

Private equity and infrastructure funds

   134    136 

Real estate funds

   146    150 

Other investments:

    

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

   148    142 

Other Company investments

   189    195 

Equity Market Sensitivity.

In the Company’s Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certain fee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

Credit Risk.

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to the Company. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the 2014 Form 10-K. Also, see Notes 7 and 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s loans and lending commitments, respectively.

 

LOGO 146 


Table of Contents

Lending Activities.

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, the Company purchases loans in the secondary market. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. See Notes 3 and 7 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

The following tables present the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type within its Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Institutional
Securities
Corporate
Lending(1)
   Institutional
Securities
Other
Lending(2)
   Wealth
Management
Lending(3)
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $7,748   $7,613   $5,627   $20,988 

Consumer loans

   —      —      17,370    17,370 

Residential real estate loans

   —      —      16,845    16,845 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      5,243    —      5,243 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

   7,748    12,856    39,842    60,446 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

   6,607    753    —      7,360 

Residential real estate loans

   —      40    114    154 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      743    —      743 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

   6,607    1,536    114    8,257 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

   489    5,200    —      5,689 

Residential real estate loans

   —      2,044    —      2,044 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      3,661    —      3,661 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

   489    10,905    —      11,394 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans(4)

  $14,844   $25,297   $39,956   $80,097 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)In addition to loans, at March 31, 2015, $68.0 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $18.8 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $2.3 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(2)In addition to loans, at March 31, 2015, $1.7 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $0.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $2.2 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(3)In addition to loans, at March 31, 2015, $5.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment.
(4)Amounts exclude customer margin loans outstanding of $30.5 billion and employee loans outstanding of $4.9 billion at March 31, 2015. See Notes 5 and 7 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

 

 147 LOGO


Table of Contents
   At December 31, 2014 
   Institutional
Securities
Corporate
Lending(1)
   Institutional
Securities
Other
Lending(2)
   Wealth
Management
Lending(3)
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $7,957   $6,161   $5,423   $19,541 

Consumer loans

   —      —      16,574    16,574 

Residential real estate loans

   —      —      15,727    15,727 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      5,277    —      5,277 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

   7,957    11,438    37,724    57,119 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

   7,801    399    —      8,200 

Residential real estate loans

   —      16    98    114 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      1,144    —      1,144 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

   7,801    1,559    98    9,458 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

   483    6,610    —      7,093 

Residential real estate loans

   —      1,682    —      1,682 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      3,187    —      3,187 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

   483    11,479    —      11,962 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans(4)

  $16,241   $24,476   $37,822   $78,539 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2014, $62.9 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $15.8 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $3.3 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(2)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2014, $2.3 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $0.8 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $2.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(3)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2014, $5.0 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment.
(4)Amounts exclude customer margin loans outstanding of $29.0 billion and employee loans outstanding of $5.1 billion at December 31, 2014. See Notes 5 and 7 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses related to funded loans that were accounted for as held for investment was $165 million and $149 million, respectively, and the allowance for loan losses related to unfunded lending commitments that were accounted for as held for investment was $185 million and $149 million, respectively. The aggregate allowance for loan losses for funded and unfunded loans increased over the quarter due primarily to the growth in the portfolios and reflects the high quality of the Company’s lending portfolios resulting from strong credit risk management. See Note 7 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for further information.

Institutional Securities Corporate Lending Activities.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments to select corporate clients. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

The Company’s corporate lending credit exposure is primarily from loans and lending commitments used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes and typically consists of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In addition, the Company provides “event-driven” loans and lending commitments associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization activities. The Company’s “event-driven” loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

 

LOGO 148 


Table of Contents

Corporate lending commitments may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication or sales process. Such syndications or sales may involve third-party institutional investors where the Company may have a custodial relationship, such as prime brokerage clients.

The Company may hedge and/or sell its exposures in connection with loans and lending commitments. Additionally, the Company may mitigate credit risk by requiring borrowers to pledge collateral and include financial covenants in lending commitments to such borrowers. In the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition these loans are carried at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at lower of cost or fair value.

The Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

The following tables present the Company’s Institutional Securities Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Years to Maturity     

Credit Rating(1)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total(2)(3) 
   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $262   $24   $74   $—     $360 

AA

   3,851    2,747    4,752    —      11,350 

A

   6,033    4,248    12,042    227    22,550 

BBB

   4,599    8,499    21,761    1,605    36,464 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment grade

   14,745    15,518    38,629    1,832    70,724 

Non-investment grade

   1,762    8,335    17,535    5,302    32,934 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $16,507   $23,853   $56,164   $7,134   $103,658 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   At December 31, 2014 
   Years to Maturity     

Credit Rating(1)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total(2)(3) 
   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $275   $74   $37   $—     $386 

AA

   3,760    2,764    4,580    —      11,104 

A

   2,135    4,534    12,029    173    18,871 

BBB

   3,350    9,303    22,424    1,503    36,580 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment grade

   9,520    16,675    39,070    1,676    66,941 

Non-investment grade

   2,034    7,222    17,755    4,050    31,061 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $11,554   $23,897   $56,825   $5,726   $98,002 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(2)For syndications led by the Company, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Company participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Company expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank.
(3)Amounts include the fair value adjustment of ($0.3) billion related to the Company’s unfunded lending commitments at both March 31, 2015 and December 31. 2014.

 

 149 LOGO


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the aggregate amount of investment grade funded loans was $6.3 billion (at both dates) and, the aggregate amount of non-investment grade funded loans was $8.5 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include both corporate funded and unfunded lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which included “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $9.2 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $103.7 billion at March 31, 2015 and with a notional amount of $12.9 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $98.0 billion at December 31, 2014. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no significant loans and lending commitments held for investment under non-accrual status within Corporate Lending, as no significant loans or lending commitments were past due or had payments that were in doubt.

“Event-Driven” Loans and Lending Commitments at March 31, 2015.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at March 31, 2015 were “event-driven” exposures of $21.8 billion composed of funded loans of $4.0 billion and lending commitments of $17.8 billion. Included in the “event-driven” exposure at March 31, 2015 were $13.2 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers. The maturity profile of these “event-driven” loans and lending commitments at March 31, 2015 were as follows: 38% will mature in less than 1 year, 13% will mature within 1 to 3 years, 23% will mature within 3 to 5 years and 26% will mature in over 5 years.

Industry Exposure—Corporate Lending.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed below.

The following table presents the Company’s Institutional Securities credit exposure from its primary Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans by industry:

 

Industry

  At March 31, 2015   At December 31, 2014 
   (dollars in millions) 

Energy

  $14,521   $14,056 

Healthcare

   13,464    9,707 

Utilities

   10,894    11,717 

Information technology

   10,541    7,572 

Industrials

   10,508    9,134 

Consumer discretionary

   9,848    10,214 

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(1)

   8,394    9,277 

Consumer staples

   7,274    7,320 

Materials

   4,787    5,259 

Telecommunications services

   4,449    4,335 

Real Estate

   4,274    4,616 

Other

   4,704    4,795 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $103,658   $98,002 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

Institutional Securities Other Lending Activities.    In addition to the primary corporate lending activities described above, the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activities. These activities include commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, financing extended to institutional equities clients and loans to municipalities. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately 99.9% of Institutional Securities other lending activities held for investment were current and approximately 0.1% were on non-accrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

 

LOGO 150 


Table of Contents

The following tables present the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s other lending activities by remaining contract maturity:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Years to Maturity     
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $2,456   $7,030   $1,976   $2,104   $13,566 

Residential real estate loans

   —      38    —      2,046    2,084 

Wholesale real estate loans

   492    4,099    2,153    2,903    9,647 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,948   $11,167   $4,129   $7,053   $25,297 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   At December 31, 2014 
   Years to Maturity     
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $4,231   $4,826   $1,884   $2,229   $13,170 

Residential real estate loans

   —      43    —      1,655    1,698 

Wholesale real estate loans

   100    5,060    2,112    2,336    9,608 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,331   $9,929   $3,996   $6,220   $24,476 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition, Institutional Securities other lending activities include margin lending, which allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Institutional Securities margin lending of $16.6 billion and $15.3 billion, respectively, were classified within Customer and other receivables in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

Wealth Management Lending Activities.    The principal Wealth Management lending activities include securities-based lending and residential real estate loans. The following tables present the Company’s Wealth Management business segment lending activities by remaining contract maturity:

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Years to Maturity     
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Securities-based lending and other loans

  $20,542   $961   $776   $718   $22,997 

Residential real estate loans

   —      —      —      16,959    16,959 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $20,542   $961   $776   $17,677   $39,956 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   At December 31, 2014 
   Years to Maturity     
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Securities-based lending and other loans

  $19,408   $1,071   $750   $768   $21,997 

Residential real estate loans

   —      —      —      15,825    15,825 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $19,408   $1,071   $750   $16,593   $37,822 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities-based lending provided to the Company’s retail clients is primarily conducted through the Company’s PLA platform which had an outstanding funded loan balance of $20.1 billion and $19.1 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These loans allow the client to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any purpose other than purchasing securities. The Company establishes approved credit

 

 151 LOGO


Table of Contents

lines against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as the Company reserves the right to not make any advances, or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include but are not limited to the loan amount, the degree of leverage and the quality of diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral.

Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including HELOC loans. For these loans, a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral valuation. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicable industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores), debt ratios and assets of the borrower. Loan-to-value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. The vast majority of mortgage and HELOC loans are held for investment in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment’s loan portfolio.

During the first quarter of 2015, loans and lending commitments associated with the Company’s Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 5%, mainly due to growth in PLA and residential real estate loans. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately 99.9% of the Company’s Wealth Management business segment lending activities held for investment were current; while approximately 0.1% were on non-accrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

The Company’s Wealth Management business segment also provides margin lending to retail clients and had an outstanding balance of $13.9 billion and $13.7 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which were classified within Customer and other receivables within the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

In addition, the Company’s Wealth Management business segment has employee loans that are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established by the Company to recruit and retain certain employees. These loans, recorded in Customer and other receivables in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, are full recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 2 to 12 years. The Company establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with its OTC derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to demand collateral as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default. The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For credit exposure information on the Company’s OTC derivative products, see Note 10 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Credit Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the

 

LOGO 152 


Table of Contents

terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructurings.

The Company trades in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. The Company is an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manages any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented. The effectiveness of the Company’s credit default swap (“CDS”) protection as a hedge of the Company’s exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate within Trading revenues in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income.

The following tables summarize the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty type at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The fair values shown are before the application of contractual netting or collateral. For additional credit exposure information on the Company’s credit derivative portfolio, see Note 10 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

 

   At March 31, 2015 
   Fair Values(1)  Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net  Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $21,297    $21,010   $287   $655,204   $621,015 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   6,648     6,944    (296  212,542    217,226 

Non-financial entities

   107     109    (2  4,822    3,236 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $28,052    $28,063   $(11 $872,568   $841,477 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company’s CDS are classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 3% of receivable fair values and 7% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 3 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

   At December 31, 2014 
   Fair Values(1)  Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net  Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $25,452   $25,323   $129  $712,466   $687,155 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   6,639    6,697    (58  216,489    217,201 

Non-financial entities

   91    89    2   5,049    3,706 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $32,182   $32,109   $73  $934,004   $908,062 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company’s CDS are classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 4% of receivable fair values and 7% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1).

 

 153 LOGO


Table of Contents

Industry Exposure—OTC Derivative Products.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts.

The following table shows the Company’s OTC derivative products at fair value by industry:

 

Industry

  At March  31,
2015
   At December  31,
2014
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Utilities

  $3,924   $3,797 

Banks and securities firms

   3,513    3,297 

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(1)

   2,818    2,321 

Industrials

   2,589    2,278 

Regional governments

   1,765    1,603 

Healthcare

   1,500    1,365 

Special purpose vehicles

   1,015    1,089 

Not-for-profit organizations

   979    905 

Sovereign governments

   776    889 

Real Estate

   713    761 

Consumer staples

   616    650 

Other

   3,967    3,272 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(2)

  $24,175   $22,227 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.
(2)For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

Other.

In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment. The Company participates in securitization activities whereby it extends short-term or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by the assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate loans, loans secured by loan pools, commercial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. See Note 6 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for information about the Company’s securitization activities. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 5 to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in Item 1 for additional information about the Company’s collateralized transactions.

Country Risk Exposure. 

Country risk exposure is the risk that uncertainties arising from the economic, social, security and political conditions within a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) will adversely affect the ability of the sovereign government and/or obligors within the country to honor their obligations to the Company. Country risk exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards and includes obligations from sovereign governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions. The Company actively manages country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows the Company to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedges is monitored and managed.

 

LOGO 154 


Table of Contents

The Company’s obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that invest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.

The Company conducts periodic stress testing that seek to measure the impact on the Company’s credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. The set of stress test scenarios includes, where appropriate, contagion effects to vulnerable regions and countries. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

The Company’s sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. Its non-sovereign exposures consist of exposures to primarily corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows the Company’s ten largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures at March 31, 2015. Index credit derivatives are included in the Company’s country risk exposure tables. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

 

Country

 Net
Inventory(1)
  Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
  Funded
Lending
  Unfunded
Commitments
  Exposure
Before
Hedges
  Hedges(4)  Net
Exposure(5)
  Increase/
(Decrease) in  Net
Exposure from
December 31,
2014
 
  (dollars in millions) 

United Kingdom:

        

Sovereigns

 $(238 $73  $—    $—    $(165 $(76 $(241 $233 

Non-sovereigns

  1,942   13,368   1,986   7,331   24,627   (1,674  22,953   1,485 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,704  $13,441  $1,986  $7,331  $24,462  $(1,750 $22,712  $1,718 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

France:

        

Sovereigns

 $719  $—    $—    $—    $719  $—    $719  $2,012 

Non-sovereigns

  776   3,066   34   2,289   6,165   (1,023  5,142   62 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,495  $3,066  $34  $2,289  $6,884  $(1,023 $5,861  $2,074 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Germany:

        

Sovereigns

 $870  $269  $—    $—    $1,139  $(2,042 $(903 $(912

Non-sovereigns

  200   4,131   437   3,503   8,271   (1,737  6,534   691 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,070  $4,400  $437  $3,503  $9,410  $(3,779 $5,631  $(221
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

China:

        

Sovereigns

 $887  $200  $—    $—    $1,087  $(15 $1,072  $459 

Non-sovereigns

  1,586   451   523   313   2,873   (62  2,811   (112
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $2,473  $651  $523  $313  $3,960  $(77 $3,883  $347 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Brazil:

        

Sovereigns

 $3,263  $—    $—    $—    $3,263  $—    $3,263  $42 

Non-sovereigns

  (72  320   915   150   1,313   (695  618   (27
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $3,191  $320  $915  $150  $4,576  $(695 $3,881  $15 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 155 LOGO


Table of Contents

Country

 Net
Inventory(1)
  Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
  Funded
Lending
  Unfunded
Commitments
  Exposure
Before
Hedges
  Hedges(4)  Net
Exposure(5)
  Increase/
(Decrease) in  Net
Exposure from
December 31,
2014
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Singapore:

        

Sovereigns

 $2,792  $326  $—    $—    $3,118  $—    $3,118  $517 

Non-sovereigns

  146   404   57   123   730   (43  687   (179
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $2,938  $730  $57  $123  $3,848  $(43 $3,805  $338 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Canada:

        

Sovereigns

 $262  $62  $—    $—    $324  $—    $324  $415 

Non-sovereigns

  (373  1,985   198   1,299   3,109   (42  3,067   3 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $(111 $2,047  $198  $1,299  $3,433  $(42 $3,391  $418 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Australia:

        

Sovereigns

 $61  $16  $—    $—    $77  $—    $77  $87 

Non-sovereigns

  699   596   300   934   2,529   (213  2,316   (441
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $760  $612  $300  $934  $2,606  $(213 $2,393  $(354
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Netherlands:

        

Sovereigns

 $42  $—    $—    $—    $42  $(23 $19  $220 

Non-sovereigns

  427   1,026   99   994   2,546   (209  2,337   (105
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $469  $1,026  $99  $994  $2,588  $(232 $2,356  $115 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Switzerland:

        

Sovereigns

 $34  $7  $—    $—    $41  $—    $41  $34 

Non-sovereigns

  (7  850   226   1,219   2,288   (221  2,067   4 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $27  $857  $226  $1,219  $2,329  $(221 $2,108  $38 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transacts in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At March 31, 2015, gross purchased protection, gross written protection and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries were $(255.6) billion, $252.8 billion and $(2.8) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.
(2)Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.
(3)At March 31, 2015, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $12.9 billion in the U.K., with 97% of collateral consisting of cash, U.S. and U.K. government obligations, and $15.2 billion in Germany with 98% of collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of Germany, France, Spain and Belgium. The benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure in the other countries totaled approximately $18.0 billion, with collateral primarily consisting of cash, U.S. and Japanese government obligations. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.
(4)Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5)In addition, at March 31, 2015, the Company had exposure to these countries for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $6.9 billion.

 

LOGO 156 


Table of Contents
Item 4.Controls and Procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 157 LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

       Three Months Ended March 31, 2015      
   Average
Daily

Balance
     Interest    Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Trading assets(1):

     

U.S.

  $89,652   $481   2.2

Non-U.S.

   118,355   $113   0.4 

Investment securities:

     

U.S.

   69,824   $201   1.2 

Loans:

     

U.S.

   66,686   $469   2.9 

Non-U.S.

   282   $5   7.2 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S.

   21,719   $16   0.3 

Non-U.S.

   1,131   $6   2.2 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

     

U.S.

   175,084   $(153  (0.4

Non-U.S.

   75,596   $49   0.3 

Customer receivables and Other(3):

     

U.S.

   65,288   $171   1.1 

Non-U.S.

   23,211   $126   2.2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $706,828   $1,484   0.9
    

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

   131,899    
  

 

 

    

Total assets

  $838,727    
  

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

U.S.

  $132,882   $17   0.1

Non-U.S.

   1,397   $1   0.3 

Short-term borrowings(4):

     

U.S.

   1,130   $—     —   

Non-U.S.

   933   $4   1.7 

Long-term borrowings(4):

     

U.S.

   147,865   $917   2.5 

Non-U.S.

   8,493   $9   0.4 

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

   19,403   $—     —   

Non-U.S.

   59,604   $—     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

     

U.S.

   65,005   $131   0.8 

Non-U.S.

   36,137   $177   2.0 

Customer payables and Other(6):

     

U.S.

   120,351   $(381  (1.3

Non-U.S.

   57,849   $13   0.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $651,049   $888   0.6 
    

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   187,678    
  

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

  $838,727    
  

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $596   0.3
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 158 


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

       Three Months Ended March 31, 2014      
   Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest  Annualized
Average

Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Trading assets(1):

     

U.S.

  $109,299   $406   1.5

Non-U.S.

   116,111    108   0.4 

Investment securities:

     

U.S.

   55,431    138   1.0 

Loans:

     

U.S.

   43,577    340   3.2 

Non-U.S.

   383    15   15.9 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S.

   44,161    27   0.2 

Non-U.S.

   6,745    11   0.7 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

     

U.S.

   168,006    (73  (0.2

Non-U.S.

   88,317    64   0.3 

Customer receivables and Other(3):

     

U.S.

   68,726    159   0.9 

Non-U.S.

   16,879    148   3.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $717,635   $1,343   0.8
    

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

   114,621    
  

 

 

    

Total assets

  $832,256    
  

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

U.S.

  $114,312   $23   0.1

Non-U.S.

   170    —     —   

Short-term borrowings(4):

     

U.S.

   755    —     —   

Non-U.S.

   487    —     —   

Long-term borrowings(4):

     

U.S.

   142,747    920   2.6 

Non-U.S.

   9,464    12   0.5 

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

   23,836    —     —   

Non-U.S.

   56,132    —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

     

U.S.

   99,858    141   0.6 

Non-U.S.

   66,079    185   1.1 

Customer payables and Other(6):

     

U.S.

   109,887    (294  (1.1

Non-U.S.

   44,166    48   0.4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $667,893   $1,035   0.6 
    

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   164,363    
  

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

  $832,256    
  

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $308   0.2
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.
(2)Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.
(3)Includes interest from Customer receivables and Other interest earning assets.
(4)The Company also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Note 3).
(5)Includes fees received on Securities loaned.
(6)Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

 159 LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables set forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes:

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
versus

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
 
  Increase (decrease) due to
change in:
    
  Volume  Rate  Net Change 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets

    

Trading Assets:

    

U.S.

  $(73 $148  $75 

Non-U.S.

   2   3   5 

Investment securities:

    

U.S.

   36   27   63 

Loans:

    

U.S.

   180   (51  129 

Non-U.S.

   (4  (6  (10

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

   (14  3   (11

Non-U.S.

   (9  4   (5

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

    

U.S.

   (3  (77  (80

Non-U.S.

   (9  (6  (15

Customer receivables and Other:

    

U.S.

   (8  20   12 

Non-U.S.

   56   (78  (22
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest income

  $154  $(13 $141 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

  $4  $(10 $(6

Non-U.S.

   —     1   1 

Short-term borrowings:

    

U.S.

   —     —     —   

Non-U.S.

   —     4   4 

Long-term borrowings:

    

U.S.

   33   (36  (3

Non-U.S.

   (1  (2  (3

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

    

U.S.

   (49  39   (10

Non-U.S.

   (84  76   (8

Customer payables and Other:

    

U.S.

   (28  (59  (87

Non-U.S.

   15   (50  (35
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

  $(110 $(37 $(147
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $264  $24  $288 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO 160 


Table of Contents

Part II—Other Information.

 

Item 1.Legal Proceedings.

In addition to the matters described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Form 10-K”) and those described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below certain proceedings that the Company believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.

 

 161 LOGO


Table of Contents

The following developments have occurred with respect to certain matters previously reported in the Form 10-K or concern new actions that have been filed since December 31, 2014:

On February 23, 2015, the plaintiff in Sealink Funding Limited v. Morgan Stanley, et al. perfected its appeal of the court’s April 18, 2014 decision granting the Company’s motion to dismiss the second amended complaint.

On February 25, 2015, the court in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, et al., pending in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas, granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint in part. On March 23, 2015, plaintiff filed a motion seeking reconsideration of the December 27, 2013 order granting defendants’ motion to dismiss in substantial part.

On March 24, 2015, the court in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for United Western Bank v. Banc of America Funding Corp., et al., denied defendants’ motion to dismiss in substantial part.

On April 3, 2015, the court in Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, granted in part and denied in part defendant’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On April 23, 2015, the court in Phoenix Light SF Limited et al v. Morgan Stanley et al. granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

 

LOGO 162 


Table of Contents
Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

  Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
   Average Price
Paid Per
Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
   Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1

        

(January 1, 2015—January 31, 2015)

        

Share Repurchase Program(A)

   830,073    $34.93     830,073    $281  

Employee Transactions(B)

   15,773,371    $34.94     —       —    

Month #2

        

(February 1, 2015—February 28, 2015)

        

Share Repurchase Program(A)

   3,572,029    $35.59     3,572,029    $154  

Employee Transactions(B)

   156,011    $34.48     —       —    

Month #3

        

(March 1, 2015—March 31, 2015)

        

Share Repurchase Program(A)

   2,616,770    $35.87     2,616,770    $3,185  

Employee Transactions(B)

   904,687    $35.80     —       —    

Total

        

Share Repurchase Program(A)

   7,018,872    $35.62     7,018,872    $3,185  

Employee Transactions(B)

   16,834,069    $34.98     —       —    

 

(A)The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Company’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. In March 2015, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase up to $3.1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock beginning in the second quarter of 2015 through the end of the second quarter of 2016 under the Company’s 2015 capital plan. During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, the Company repurchased approximately $250 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” in Part I, Item 2.
(B)Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units; and (4) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset the cash payment for fractional shares. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested, shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company.
(C)Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time.

 

Item 6.Exhibits.

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.

 

 163 LOGO


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

By: /s/ JONATHAN PRUZAN
 

Jonathan Pruzan

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

By: /s/ PAUL C. WIRTH
 

Paul C. Wirth

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Date: May 4, 2015

 

LOGO 164 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

MORGAN STANLEY

Quarter Ended March 31, 2015

 

Exhibit No.

   

Description

   3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), as amended by the Certificate of Elimination of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1 Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 20, 2011), as amended by the Certificate of Merger of Domestic Corporations dated December 29, 2011 (Exhibit 3.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Exhibit 2.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 27, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non- Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated December 9, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated April 28, 2014), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non- Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H (Exhibits 3.2 and 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 2014), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 17, 2014), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J (Exhibits 3.1 and 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 18, 2015).
   10.1   Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Colm Kelleher, dated January 5, 2015.
   10.2   Description of Operating Committee Medical Coverage.
 12     Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
 15     Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated May 4, 2015, concerning unaudited interim financial information.
   31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
   31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
   32.1    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
   32.2    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
 101     Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, and (vi) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

 

 E-1 LOGO